VISTA EYECARE INC
S-8, 1999-08-03
RETAIL STORES, NEC
Previous: ADEPT TECHNOLOGY INC, S-8, 1999-08-03
Next: TRIKON TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10-Q, 1999-08-03



              As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                               on August 3, 1999.
                              File No. 333-________

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                          ________________________


                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                          ________________________


                               VISTA EYECARE, INC.
               (EXACT NAME OF ISSUER AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                               GEORGIA 58-1910859
                (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
              INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

                               296 GRAYSON HIGHWAY
                          LAWRENCEVILLE, GEORGIA 30045
                                 (770) 822-3600
     (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF ISSUER'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

               VISTA EYECARE, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
                            (FULL TITLE OF THE PLAN)

                             MITCHELL GOODMAN, ESQ.
              SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                               296 GRAYSON HIGHWAY
                          LAWRENCEVILLE, GEORGIA 30045
                                 (770) 822-3600
 (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                   COPIES TO:
                             DAVID A. STOCKTON, ESQ.
                             KILPATRICK STOCKTON LLP
                           1100 PEACHTREE STREET, N.E.
                           ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30309-4530
                                 (404) 815-6500
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

        TITLE OF SECURITIES                                      PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          TO BE REGISTERED                   AMOUNT TO            OFFERING PRICE           AGGREGATE               AMOUNT OF
                                           BE REGISTERED           PER SHARE(1)          OFFERING PRICE        REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                         <C>                   <C>                     <C>
Common Stock                             100,000 shares <F2>         $ 3.703125            $370,312.50             0102.95
Participation in Vista Eyecare,                 <F3>                      <F4>                   <F4>
Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
<F1> Determined in accordance  with Rule 457(h) under the Securities Act of
1933,  based on  $3.703125,  the average of the high and low prices on the Nasdaq
National Market System on July 26, 1999.
<F2> Pursuant to Rule 416, this Registration  Statement shall be deemed to cover
any additional securities to be
offered or issued from stock splits, stock dividends, or similar transactions.
<F3> Pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, this  registration
statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold
pursuant to the employee benefit plan described herein. (4) Not applicable.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

PART II.  INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT


ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     The  following   documents  are   incorporated   by  reference   into  this
registration  statement (the  "Registration  Statement")  and are deemed to be a
part hereof from the date of the filing of such documents:

         (1)      The Registrant's Form 10-K dated April 1, 1999 for the fiscal
                  year ended January 2, 1999 (Commission File Number 000-20001).

         (2)      All  other  reports  filed  by the  Registrant  and  the  Plan
                  pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
                  Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), since January 2,
                  1999.

         (3)      The   description  of  the  Common  Stock   contained  in  the
                  Registrant's  registration  statement on Form 8-A, filed under
                  Section 12 of the Exchange Act,  including  all  amendments or
                  reports filed for the purpose of updating such description.

         (4)      All other documents  subsequently  filed by the Registrant and
                  the Plan pursuant to Sections  13(a),  13(c),  14 and 15(d) of
                  the  Exchange  Act  prior to the  filing  of a  post-effective
                  amendment which indicates that all securities offered pursuant
                  to  this  Registration  Statement  have  been  sold  or  which
                  deregisters all securities that remain unsold.

ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

                  Not Applicable.

ITEM 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

                  Not Applicable.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

                  The   Registrant's    Amended   and   Restated   Articles   of
Incorporation  provide  that  no  director  will  be  personally  liable  to the
Registrant or its  shareholders  for monetary damages for breach of duty of care
or other duty owed to the  Registrant as a director,  except that such provision
will only eliminate or limit the liability of a director to the extent permitted
from time to time by the Georgia Business  Corporation Code or any successor law
or laws.

                  Article  VII  of  the  Bylaws  of  the  Registrant  authorizes
indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for any liability and
expense  incurred by them in connection  with or resulting from any  threatened,
pending or completed legal action or other proceeding or investigation by reason

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

of his being or having been an officer or  director.  An officer or director may
only be  indemnified  if he acted in good  faith and in a manner  he  reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Registrant, and,
with respect to a criminal  matter,  he did not have reasonable cause to believe
that his conduct was  unlawful.  No officer or  director  who has been  adjudged
liable to the  Registrant  or  adjudged  liable  for the  improper  receipt of a
personal benefit is entitled to indemnification.

                  Any officer or director who has been wholly  successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding to which he was a party,  or in
defense  of  any  claim  because  of  his  official   capacity  is  entitled  to
indemnification  as to reasonable  expenses by the  Registrant as of right.  All
other determinations in respect of indemnification  shall be made by either: (i)
a  majority  vote of a  quorum  of  directors  not at the  time  parties  to the
proceeding,  or if a quorum  cannot be  obtained,  then by a majority  vote of a
committee  duly  designated  by the board of  directors  (in  which  designation
directors  who are parties  may  participate)  consisting  solely of two or more
directors  not at the time parties to the  proceeding;  (ii)  independent  legal
counsel  selected in accordance with the Bylaws and at the request of the Board;
or (iii) the  holders of a majority of the  Registrant's  stock who at such time
are entitled to vote for the election of directors.

                  The provisions of the Registrant's  Bylaws on  indemnification
are  consistent in all material  respects with the laws of the State of Georgia,
which authorize indemnification of corporate officers and directors.

                  The  Registrant's  directors and officers are insured  against
losses  arising  from  any  claim  against  them as such  for  wrongful  acts or
omissions, subject to certain limitations.

ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED

         Not Applicable.

ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS

         The exhibits  included as part of this  Registration  Statement  are as
         follows:

Exhibit Number                  Description

4.1                          Relevant  portions  of  the  Amended  and  Restated
                             Articles   of    Incorporation    of    Registrant,
                             incorporated  by  reference  to  the   Registrant's
                             Current   Report  on  Form  8-K   filed   with  the
                             Commission on January 6, 1999

4.2                          Relevant  portions  of  the  Amended  and  Restated
                             By-Laws   of  the   Registrant,   incorporated   by
                             reference   to   the   Registrant's    Registration
                             Statement of Form S-1, File No. 33-46645,  as filed
                             with the Commission on March 25, 1992


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

4.3                          Vista   Eyecare,   Inc.   f/k/a   National   Vision
                             Associates, Ltd. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

23                           Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

24                           Power of Attorney  (included in the Signature  Page
                             of this Registration Statement)


                                      II-3
<PAGE>



ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS

          (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:  (1) to file, during
any period in which offers or sales are being made, a  post-effective  amendment
to this Registration Statement, to include any material information with respect
to the  plan  of  distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in the  Registration
Statement  or any  material  change  to  such  information  in the  Registration
Statement;  (2) that,  for the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the
Securities Act, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA
FIDE  offering  thereof;   (3)  to  remove  from  registration  by  means  of  a
post-effective  amendment any of the securities  being  registered  which remain
unsold at the termination of the offering.

          (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  each  filing  of  the
Registrant's  annual  report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act that is  incorporated  by reference in the  Registration  Statement
shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities
offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

          (c)  Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the  Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act, the  Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements  for  filing  on Form S-8 and has  duly  caused  this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the  City of  Atlanta,  State  of  Georgia,  on this 3rd day of
August, 1999.

                                            VISTA EYECARE, INC.

                                            By: /s/ James W. Krause
                                                 James W. Krause
                                                 Chief Executive Officer


                                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears below  constitutes  and appoints  James W. Krause and Mitchell  Goodman,
Esq. as attorneys-in-fact, having the power of substitution, for them in any and
all capacities,  to sign any amendments to this  Registration  Statement on Form
S-8 and to file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in
connection  therewith,  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or
substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act, this  Registration
Statement has been signed by the following  persons in the capacities  indicated
on August 3, 1999.


/s/ James W. Krause                  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
 James W. Krause                     Officer and President (Principal Executive
                                     Officer)

/s/ Angus C. Morrison                Senior  Vice  President,   Chief  Financial
 Angus C. Morrison                   Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial
                                     and Accounting Officer)

/s/ David I. Fuente                  Director
 David I. Fuente


/s/ Ronald J. Green                  Director
 Ronald J. Green


/s/ James E. Kanley                  Director
 James E. Kanaley


/s/ Campbell B. Lanier, III          Director
 Campbell B. Lanier, III


/s/ J. Smith Lanier, II              Director
 J. Smith Lanier, II



                                      II-5
<PAGE>



          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  the
trustees (or other persons who administer  the employee  benefit plan) have duly
caused  this  registration   statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned,  therewith  duly  authorized,  in the  City of  Atlanta,  State  of
Georgia, on August 3, 1999.

                             VISTA EYECARE,  INC.  f/k/a  NATIONAL  VISION
                             ASSOCIATES  401(k)  RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

                             By:  Vista Eyecare, Inc., Plan Administrator



                             By: /s/ James W. Krause
                                James W. Krause, Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                Executive Officer


<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                                       TO
                       REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-8



EXHIBIT NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- --------------                     -----------
 4.1                                Relevant   portions   of  the   Amended  and
                                    Restated   Articles  of   Incorporation   of
                                    Registrant, incorporated by reference to the
                                    Registrant's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K
                                    filed with the Commission on January 6, 1999

 4.2                                Relevant   portions   of  the   Amended  and
                                    Restated    By-Laws   of   the   Registrant,
                                    incorporated    by    reference    to    the
                                    Registrant's  Registration Statement of Form
                                    S-1,  File No.  33-46645,  as filed with the
                                    Commission on March 25, 1992

 4.3                                Vista Eyecare,  Inc.  f/k/a National  Vision
                                    Associates,  Ltd. 401(k) Retirement  Savings
                                    Plan

 23                                 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

 24                                 Power of Attorney (included in the Signature
                                    Page of this Registration Statement)


                 W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                        DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST
















                   Copyright 1993 W.E. Stanley & Company, Inc.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS



<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS............................................................................................1

ARTICLE II TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION...............................................................15

   2.1 TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS...............................................................................15
   2.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS.........................................................................15
   2.3 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER...............................................................19
   2.4 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY...................................................................20
   2.5 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES.............................................................20
   2.6 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR....................................................................20
   2.7 RECORDS AND REPORTS.......................................................................................21
   2.8 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS...................................................................................22
   2.9 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER.................................................................................22
   2.10 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES......................................................................................22
   2.11 MAJORITY ACTIONS.........................................................................................22
   2.12 CLAIMS PROCEDURE.........................................................................................22
   2.13 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE..................................................................................23

ARTICLE III  ELIGIBILITY.........................................................................................23

   3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY.................................................................................23
   3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION...........................................................................23
   3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY..............................................................................24
   3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY................................................................................24
   3.5 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.............................................................................24
   3.6 INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE..........................................................................24
   3.7 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE...............................................................................25
   3.8 CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE.....................................................................25

ARTICLE IV  CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION..........................................................................26

   4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION...........................................................26
   4.2 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION................................................................27
   4.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS......................................................27
   4.4 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS..................................................................................33
   4.5 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS.................................................................41
   4.7 VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS...................................................................................42
   4.8 DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT...............................................................................43
   4.9 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS................................................................44
   4.10 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENT AGE TESTS....................................................................45
   4.11 INTEGRATE ION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN......................................................................45

ARTICLE V.  VALUATIONS...........................................................................................45

   5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND...............................................................................45
   5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION.......................................................................................45

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI.  DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS..........................................................46

   6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT.................................................................46
   6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH......................................................................46
   6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY..........................................................47
   6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION................................................................48
   6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS..................................................................................51
   6.7 TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION.......................................................................61
   6.8 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY........................................................................61
   6.9 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN............................................................61
   6.10 PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION..............................................................................61
   6.11 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP........................................................................62
   6.12 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS................................................................63
   6.13 SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS.......................................................................63

ARTICLE VII.  TRUSTEE............................................................................................63

   7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE.....................................................................63
   7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE...............................................................64
   7.3 OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE...............................................................................66
   7.4 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.....................................................................................69
   7.5 DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS..................................................................71
   7.6 TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES.............................................................71
   7.7 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE..............................................................................71
   7.8 AUDIT.....................................................................................................72
   7.9 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE............................................................73
   7.10 TRANSFER OF INTEREST.....................................................................................73
   7.11 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION..................................................................................74
   7.12 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY....................................................................74

ARTICLE VIII.  AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS...............................................................74

   8.1 AMENDMENT.................................................................................................74
   8.2 TERMINATION...............................................................................................75
   8.3 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION...................................................................................75

ARTICLE IX.  MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................................................76

   9.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS........................................................................................76
   9.2 PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS......................................................................................76
   9.3 ALIENATION................................................................................................76
   9.4 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN......................................................................................77
   9.5 GENDER AND NUMBER.........................................................................................77
   9.6 LEGAL ACTION..............................................................................................77
   9.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS....................................................................77
   9.8 BONDING...................................................................................................78
   9.9 EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE................................................................78
   9.10 INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE..............................................................................78
   9.11 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS.........................................................................79
   9.12 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER...................................................................................79
   9.13 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY.......................................................79
   9.14 HEADINGS.................................................................................................80

                                                         ii
<PAGE>

   9.15 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.....................................................................80
   9.16 UNIFORMITY...............................................................................................80
   9.17 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS......................................................................................80

ARTICLE X.  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS..............................................................................80

   10.1 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER..............................................................80
   10.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS..................................................................81
   10.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT.....................................................................................81
   10.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS.......................................................................................81
   10.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES....................................................82
   10.6 AMENDMENT................................................................................................82
   10.7  DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION.........................................................................82
   10.8 ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY................................................................................82
   10.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE........................................................83

ARTICLE XI.  CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS.........................................................................83

   11.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION..........................................................83
   11.2 PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION..................................................................84
   11.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS.....................................................88
   11.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS.........................................................................90
   11.5 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST............................................................93
   11.6 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS.....................................................................96
   11.7 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS......................................................100
   11.8 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP.......................................................................104
</TABLE>

                                                        iii
<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                As used in this Plan, the following words and Phrases shall have
the meanings set forth herein unless a different  meaning is clearly required by
the context:

          1.1  "Act" means the Employee Retirement Income Security. Act of 1974,
as it may be amended from time to time.

          1.2  "Administrator"  means the person(s) or entity  designated by the
Employer  pursuant  to  Section  2.4 to  administer  the Plan on  behalf  of the
Employer.

          1.3  "Adoption  Agreement"  means  the  separate  Agreement  which  is
executed by the  Employer  and:  accepted  by the  Trustee  which sets forth the
elective provisions of this Plan and Trust -as specified by the Employer.

          1.4 "Affiliated Employer" means the Employer and any corporation which
is a member of a controlled  group of  corporations  (as defined in Code Section
414(b))  which  includes  the  Employer;  any trade or business  (whether or not
incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(.c))
with the Employer;  any organization  (whether or not  incorporated)  which is a
member.  of an affiliated  service  group  (as defined in Code Section  414(m))
which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with
the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

          1.5 "Aggregate  Account" means with respect to each  Participant,  the
value  of  all  accounts   maintained  on  behalf  of  a  Participant,   whether
attributable to Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.2.

          1.6  "Anniversary  Date" means the anniversary date specified in C3 of
the Adoption Agreement.

          1.7  "Beneficiary"  means  the  person  to whom a share of a  deceased
Participant's  interest in the Plan is payable,  subject to the  restrictions of
Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

          1.8  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended or
replaced from time to time.

          1.9  "Compensation"   with  respect  to  any  Participant  means  such
Participant's  compensation  as  specified by the Employer in El of the Adoption
Agreement  that is paid  during  the  applicable  period.  Compensation  for any
self-employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

               In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation
for all Plan  purposes  shall also include  compensation  which is not currently

<PAGE>

includible in the  Participant's  gross income by reason of the  application  of
Code Sections 125, 402 (a) (8), 402 (h) (1) (B), or 403 (b).

               Compensation  in excess of $200,000  shall be  disregarded.  Such
amount shall be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as permitted  under
Code Section 415 (d). In applying this limitation,  the family group of a Highly
Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation rules of
Code  Section  414 (q) (6) because  such  Participant  is either a five  percent
ownership  of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly  Compensated  Employees
paid the  greatest  0415  Compensations  during the year,  shall be treated as a
single  Participant,  except that for this purpose  Family Members shall include
only the affected  Participant's  spouse and any lineal descendants who-have not
attained age nineteen (19) before the close of the year.  If, as a result of the
application of such rules, the adjusted  $200,000  limitation is exceeded,  then
(except  for  purposes of  determining  the  portion of  Compensation  up to the
integration level if this plan is integrated),  the limitation shall be prorated
among  the  affected   individuals  in  proportion  to  each  such  individual's
Compensation  as determined  under this Section prior to the application of this
limitation-

               For Plan Years  beginning  prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000
limit  (without  regard to Family Member  aggregation)  shall apply only for Top
Heavy Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

         1.10 "Contract" or "Policy" means any life insurance policy  retirement
income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual)  issued by the Insurer.
In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any
insurance contract Purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

         1.11 "Deferred  Compensation"  means,  with respect to any Participant,
that portion of the Participant's total Compensation which has  been-contributed
to the Plan in accordance with the  Participant's  deferral election pursuant to
Section 11.2.

         1.12 "Early  Retirement  Date"  means  the  date  specified  in the
Adoption  Agreement on which a Participant or Former  Participant  has satisfied
the age and  service-requirements  specified  in the Adoption  Agreement  (Early
Retirement  Age)- A Participant  shall become fully Vested upon  satisfying this
requirement if still employed at his Early Retirement Age.

               A  Former Participant who terminates  employment after satisfying
the service  requirement for Early Retirement and who thereafter reaches the age
requirement  contained  herein shall be entitled to receive his  benefits  under
this Plan.

         1.13 "Earned Income" means with respect to a self-employed  Individual,
the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business with respect to
which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual
are a material  income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without
regard to items not  included in gross  income and the  deductions  allocable to
such items.  Net  earnings  are reduced by  contributions  by the  Employer to a


                                       2
<PAGE>

qualified Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, for
Plan Years  beginning  after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined
with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code Section 164(f).

         1.14  Elective Contribution" means the Employer's  contributions to the
Plan that are made pursuant to the  Participant's  deferral election pursuant to
Section  11.2.  In addition,  if selected in E3 of the Adoption  Agreement,  the
Employer's  matching  contribution  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b)  shall be
considered  an  Elective   Contribution  for  purposes  of  the  Plan.  Elective
Contributions  shall be subject to the  requirements  of  Sections  11.2(b)  and
11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination requirements
of  Regulation 1- 401 (k) -1 (b) (3), the  provisions of which are  specifically
incorporated herein by reference.

         1.15  "Eligible  Employee"  means any  Employee  specified in D1 of the
Adoption Agreement.

         1.16  Employee"  means any person who is employed by the Employer,  but
excludes  any person who is  employed  as an  independent  contractor.  The term
Employee  shall also include  Leased  Employees   as  provided in  Code  Section
414(n) or (o).

               Except as provided in the  Non-Standardized  Adoption  Agreement,
all Employees of all entities  which are an Affiliated  Employer will be treated
as employed by a single employer.

         1.17 "Employer" means the entity  specified in the Adoption  Agreement,
any  Participating  Employer (as defined in Section 10.1) which shall adopt this
Plan, any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has
maintained this Plan.

         1.18  "Excess  Compensation"  means,  with  respect  to a Plan  that is
integrated with social security, a Participant's Compensation which is in excess
of the amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.19  Excess  Contributions"  means,  with respect to a Plan Year,  the
excess of Elective Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions made
on behalf of Highly Compensated  Participants for the Plan Year over the maximum
amount of such contributions permitted under Section 11.4(a).

         1.20 "Excess Deferred  Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable
year of a Participant,  the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  and the elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually  made on behalf of such  Participant  for such taxable  year,  over the
dollar  limitation  provided for in Code Section  402(g),  which is incorporated
herein by reference.
                                       3
<PAGE>

         1.21 "Family  Member" means,  with respect to an affected  Participant,
such  Participant's  spouse,  and  such  Participant's  lineal  descendants  and
ascendants and their spouses, all as described in Code Section 414 (q) (6) (B).

         1.22 "Fiduciary"  means any person who (a) exercises any  discretionary
authority  or  discretionary  control  respecting  management  of  the  Plan  or
exercises any authority or control  respecting  management or disposition of its
assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
indirect,  with  respect to any monies or other  property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary  authority or
discretionary  responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including,  but
not limited to, the Trustee,  the Employer and its representative  body, and the
Administrator.

         1.23 "Fiscal Year" means; the Employer's accounting year as specified
in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.24 "Forfeiture" means that portion of a Participant's Account that is
not Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

                  (a) the  distribution  of  the  entire  Vested  portion  of .a
                      Participant's Account, or

                  (b) the  last day of the Plan  Year in which  the  Participant
                      incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

                  Furthermore,  for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case
of a  Terminated  Participant  whose  Vested  benefit is zero,  such  Terminated
Participant  shall be deemed  to have  received  a  distribution  of his  Vested
benefit upon his  termination of employment.  In addition,  the term  Forfeiture
shall  also  include  amounts  deemed to be  Forfeitures  pursuant  to any other
provision of this Plan.

         1.25  "Former  Participant"  means a person who has been a Participant,
but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

         1.26  "414(s)  Compensation"  with  respect to any  Employee  means his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9. However,  for purposes of this, Section,
Compensation shall be Compensation paid and shall be determined by including, in
the case of a non-standardized  Adoption Agreement,  any items that are excluded
from  Compensation  pursuant to the  Adoption  Agreement.  The amount of "414(s)
Compensation"  with respect to any Employee shall include "414(s)  Compensation'
during the entire  twelve (12) month period  ending on the last day of such Plan
Year,  except  that for Plan  Years  beginning  prior to the later of January 1,
1992, or the date that is sixty (60) days after the date final  Regulations  are
issued,  0414(s)  Compensation"  shall only be  recognized  as of an  Employee's
effective date of participation.

                  In addition,  if specified in the Adoption Agreement,  "414(s)
Compensation" shall also include  compensation which is not currently includible
in the Participant's  gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections


                                       4
<PAGE>

125,  402 (a) (8), 402 (h) (1) (B), or  403 (b),  plus   Elective  Contributions
attributable  to Deferred  Compensation  recharacterized  as voluntary  Employee
contributions pursuant to 11.5(a).

         1.27 "415  Compensation"  means  compensation as defined in Section 4.4
(f) (2).

         1.28 "Highly Compensated  Employee" means an Employee described in Code
Section 414(q) and the  Regulations  thereunder and generally  means an Employee
who performed services for the Employer during the  "determination  year" and is
in one or more of the following groups:

               (a) Employees who at any time during the "determination  year" or
          "look-back  year'  were  "five  percent  owners" as defined in Section
          1.35(c).

               (b)  Employees  -who  received  0415  Compensation"   during  the
          "look-back year" from the Employer in excess of $75,060.

               (c)  Employees  who  received  "415   Compensation"   during  the
          "look-back  year" from the  Employer  in excess of $50,000 and were in
          the Top Paid Group of Employees for the Plan Year.

               (d)  Employees who during the  "look-back  year" were officers of
          the  Employer  (as that term is  defined  within  the  meaning  of the
          Regulations  under Code Section 416) and received  "415  Compensation"
          during the "look-back  year" from the Employer greater than 50 percent
          of the limit in effect under Code Section 415 (b) (1) (A) for any such
          Plan Year.  The number of  officers  shall be limited to the lesser of
          (i) 50 employees;  or (ii) the greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of
          all  employees.  if the  Employer  does not have at least one  officer
          whose annual "415 Compensation" is in excess of 50 percent of the Code
          Section  415(b) (1) (A) limit,  then the highest  paid  officer of the
          Employer will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

               (e)  Employees  who  are  in the  group  consisting  of  the  100
          Employees   paid  the   greatest   "415   Compensation'   during   the
          "determination  year" and are also  described in (b), (c) or (d) above
          when these paragraphs are modified to substitute  "determination years
          for "look-back year".

               The "determination year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing
is being performed,  and the "look-back year" shall be the immediately preceding
twelve-month period. However, if the Plan Year is a calendar year, or if another
Plan of the  Employer  so  provides,  then  the  "look-back  year"  shall be the
calendar  year  ending  with or within the Plan Year for which  testing is being
performed,  and the "determination  year" (if applicable) shall be the period of
time, if any, which extends beyond the "look-back year" and ends on the last day
of the Plan Year for which testing is being  performed (the slag period,).  With


                                       5
<PAGE>

respect to this election,  it shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis
to all plans, entities, and arrangements of the Employer.

               For  purposes  of  this  Section,   the   determination  of  "415
Compensation"  shall  be made by  including  amounts  that  would  otherwise  be
excluded from a Participant's  gross income by reason of the application of Code
Sections  125,  402  (a)  (8),  402 (h) (1) (B)  and,  in the  case of  Employer
contributions  made  pursuant  to a salary  reduction  agreement,  Code  Section
403(b).  Additionally,  the dollar  threshold  amounts  specified in (b) and (c)
above  shall be  adjusted  at such  time and in such  manner as is  provided  in
Regulations. In the case of such an adjustment, the dollar limits which shall be
applied are those for the  calendar  year in which the  "determination  years or
"look back year" begins.

               In determining who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee,  Employees
who are  non-resident  aliens and who  received  no earned  income  (within  the
meaning of Code Section  911(d)) from the Employer  constituting  United  States
source income within the meaning of Code Section  861(a)(3) shall not be treated
as Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account
as a single  employer and Leased  Employees  within the meaning of Code Sections
41~_(n)(2)  and  414(o)(2)  shall be  considered  Employees  unless  such Leased
Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section  414(n)(5) and are not
covered in any  qualified  plan  maintained  by the  Employer.  The exclusion of
Leased  Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and  consistent
basis  for  all  of  the  Employer's  retirement  plans.  In  addition,   Highly
Compensated  Former Employees shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees
without  regard to whether they  performed  services  during the  "determination
year".

         1.29 "Highly  Compensated  Former Employee" means a former Employee who
had a  separation  year  prior  to the  "determination  year"  and was a  Highly
Compensated  Employee  in  the  year  of  separation  from  service  or  in  any
"determination year" after attaining age 55.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  an
Employee who  separated  from service  prior to 1987 will be treated as a Highly
Compensated  Former  Employee  only if  during  the  separation  year  (or  year
preceding the separation year) or any year after the Employee attains age 55 (or
the last year ending before the Employee's 55th  birthday),  the Employee either
received "415  Compensation" in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent owner."
For purposes of this Section, "determination year", "415 Compensation" and "five
percent  owner" shall be  determined in  accordance  with Section  1.28.  Highly
Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees.
The  method  set  forth  in  this  Section  for  determining  who  is a  "Highly
Compensated  Former Employee" shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis
for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

         1.30  "Highly  Compensated  Participant"  means any Highly  Compensated
Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

                                       6
<PAGE>

         1.31 "Hour of  Service"  means (1) each hour for which an  Employee  is
directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to  compensation by the Employer
for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period; (2) each
hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to
compensation   by  the  Employer   (irrespective   of  whether  the   employment
relationship  has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such
as vacation, holidays,  sickness, jury duty, disability,  lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period; (3) each hour for
which  back pay is  awarded  or agreed  to' by the  Employer  without  regard to
mitigation  of damages.  The same Hours of Service  shall not be  credited  both
under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

               Notwithstanding  the above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service
are  required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single  continuous
period during which the Employee  performs no duties (whether or not such period
occurs in a single  computation  period);  (ii) an hour for which an Employee is
directly or  indirectly  paid,  or  entitled to payment,  on account of a period
during  which no duties are  performed  is not  required  to be  credited to the
Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan  maintained  solely for the
purpose of complying with  applicable  worker's  compensation,  or  unemployment
compensation  or disability  insurance  laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not
required to be credited for a payment  which solely  reimburses  an Employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

               For  purposes of this  Section,  a payment  shall be deemed to be
made by or due from the Employer  regardless  of whether such payment is made by
or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through,  among others, a trust
fund,  or  insurer,  to which the  Employer  contributes  or pays  premiums  and
regardless of whether  contributions made or due to the trust fund,  insurer, or
other entity are for the benefit of  particular  Employees or are on behalf of a
group of Employees in the aggregate.

               An Hour of Service must be counted for the purpose of determining
a Year of Service,  a year of participation for purposes of accrued benefits,  a
1-Year  Break in Service,  and  employment  commencement  date (or  reemployment
commencement.   date)  The   provisions  of  Department  of  Labor   regulations
2530.200b-2 (b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

               Hours  of  Service  will be  credited  for  employment  with  all
Affiliated  Employers and for any individual  considered to be a Leased Employee
pursuant to Code Sections 414 (n) or 41A (o) and the Regulations. thereunder.

               Hours of Service  will be  determined  on the basis of the method
selected in the Adoption Agreement.

                                       7
<PAGE>

          1.32  "Insurer"  means  W.E.  Stanley &  Company,  Inc.  or any of its
affiliates or  subsidiaries,  or any legal reserve  insurance  company which has
issued one or more policies under the Plan prior to the adoption of this Plan.

          1.33  "Investment  Manager"  means an entity that (a) has the power to
manage,  acquire,  or dispose  of Plan  assets  and (b)  acknowledges  fiduciary
responsibility  to the Plan in writing.  Such entity must be a person,  firm, or
corporation  registered as an investment  adviser under the investment  Advisers
Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.

          1.34 "Joint and Survivor  Annuity"  means an annuity for the life of a
Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life of the  Participant's  spouse
which is not less than 1/2, nor greater  than the amount of the annuity  payable
during the joint lives of the'  Participant and the  Participant's  spouse.  The
Joint and Survivor  Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be purchased
with the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan.

          1.35 "Key  Employee"  means an  Employee  as defined  in Code  Section
416(i)  and the  Regulations  thereunder.  Generally,  any  Employee  or  former
Employee (as well as each of his  Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if
he, at any time during the Plan Year that contains the  "Determination  Date" or
any of the  preceding  four (4) Plan  Years,  has  been  included  in one of the
following categories:

          (a) an officer  of the  Employer  (as that term is defined  within the
meaning  of  the  Regulations   under  Code  Section  416)  having  annual  "415
Compensation" greater than 50 percent of the amount in effect under Code Section
415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year

         (b) one of the ten employees having annual "415  Compensation" from the
Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in effect under Code
Section 415 (c) (1) (A) for the  calendar  year in which such Plan Year ends and
owning (or  considered  as owning  within the meaning of Code  Section 318) both
more than one-half percent interest and the largest interests in the Employer.

          (c) a "five percent owner" of the Employer. "Five percent owner" means
any  person who owns (or is  considered  as owning  within  the  meaning of Code
Section  318)  more  than  five  percent  (5%) of the  outstanding  stock of the
Employer or stock  possessing more than five percent (5%) of the `total combined
voting power of all stock of the  Employer or, in the case of an  unincorporated
business,  any person  who owns more than five  percent  (5%) of the  capital or
profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,
employers that would otherwise be aggregated  under Code Sections  414(b),  (c),
(m) and (0) shall be treated as separate employers.

          (d) a "one  percent  owner" of the  Employer  having  an  annual  "415
Compensation" from the Employer of more than $150,000. "One percent owner" means
any  person who owns (or is  considered  as owning  within  the  meaning of Code
Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer

                                       8
<PAGE>


or stock  possessing  more than one percent  (1%) of the total  combined  voting
power  of all  stock  of the  Employer  or,  in the  case  of an  unincorporated
business,  any  person  who owns more than one  percent  (1%) of the  capital or
profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,
employers that would otherwise be aggregated  under Code Sections  414(b),  (c),
(m) and (o) shall be treated as  separate  employers.  However,  in  determining
whether  an  individual  has "415  Compensation"  of more  than  $150,000,  "415
Compensation"  from each employer  required to be aggregated under Code sections
414 (b), (c) (m) and (o) shall be taken into account.

               For  purposes  of  this  Section,   the   determination  of  4415
Compensation"  shall  be made by  including  amounts  that  would  otherwise  be
excluded from a Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code
Sections  125,  402  (a) (8), 402 (h) (1)  (B)  and,  in the  case of  Employer
contributions  made  pursuant  to a salary  reduction  agreement,  Code  Section
403(b).

         1.36 "Late  Retirement Date" means the date of, or the first day of the
month or the  Anniversary  Date  coinciding  with or next  following,  whichever
corresponds to the election made for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant's
actual retirement after having reached his Normal Retirement Date.

         1.37 "Leased  Employee" means any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient)  who pursuant to an  agreement  between the  recipient  and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient  and related  persons  determined in accordance  with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such  services  are of a type  historically  performed  by  employees in the
business field of the recipient  employer.  Contributions or benefits provided a
leased employee by the leasing  organization  which are attributable to services
performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be  treated  as  provided  by the
recipient employer.

               A leased  employee  shall not be  considered  an  Employee of the
recipient  if: (i) such  employee is covered by a money  purchase  pension  plan
providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent
of compensation,  as defined in Code Section  415(c)(3),  but including  amounts
contributed  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement which are excludable from
the  employee's  gross income under Code Sections  125,  402(a)(8),  402(h),  or
403(b), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and
(ii) leased  employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's
non-highly compensated workforce.

         1.38 "Net Profit" means with respect to any Fiscal Year the  Employer's
net  income or profit  for such  Fiscal  Year  determined  upon the basis of the
Employer's  books of account in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   without  any  reduction  for  taxes  based  upon  income,  or  for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

                                       9
<PAGE>

         1.39 "Non-Elective  Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to
the Plan other than those made pursuant to the  Participant's  deferral election
made pursuant to Section 11.2 and any Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution.  in
addition,  if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement,  the Employer's Matching
Contribution  made pursuant to Section 4.3(b) shall be considered a Non-Elective
Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

         1.40 "Non-Highly Compensated  Participant" means any Participant who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

         1.41 "Non-Key  Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and his
Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

         1.42 Normal  Retirement  Age" means the age  specified  in the Adoption
Agreement  at  which  time  a  Participant  shall  become  fully  Vested  in his
Participant's Account.

         1.43 "Normal  Retirement Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement  on which a  Participant  shall  become  eligible to have his benefits
distributed to him.

         1.44 "1-Year Break in Service" means the applicable  computation period
during which an Employee has not  completed  more than 500 Hours of Service with
the  Employer.  Further,  solely  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a
Participant  has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  Hours of Service  shall be
recognized  for  `authorized  leaves of absences and  "maternity  and  paternity
leaves of absence."

               "Authorized   leave  of  absence"  means  an  unpaid,   temporary
cessation from active  employment  with the Employer  pursuant to an established
nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or
any other reason.

               A "maternity or paternity leave of absence" means, for Plan Years
beginning  after  December  31,  1984,  an absence  from work f or any period by
reason of the Employee's pregnancy,  birth of the Employee's child, placement of
a child with the Employee in connection  with the adoption of such child, or any
absence  for the  purpose  of caring  for such  child f or a period  immediately
following such birth or placement.  For this purpose,  Hours of Service shall be
credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins,  only
if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year
Break  in  Service,  or,  in  any  other  case,  in  the  immediately  following
computation  period. The Hours of Service credited for a "maternity or paternity
leave of absence" shall be those which would normally have been credited but for
such absence,  or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine
such hours  normally  credited,  eight (8) Hours of Service per day.  The total.
Hours of Service  required to be credited for a `maternity or paternity leave of
absences shall not exceed 501.

                                       10
<PAGE>

          1.45  "Owner-Employee"  means a sole  proprietor  who owns the  entire
interest  in the  Employer  or a partner  who owns  more than 10% of either  the
capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income
for personal services from the' Employer.

          1.46 "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who participates in the
Plan as provided in Section 3.2 and has not for any reason become  ineligible to
participate further in the Plan.

          1.47  "Participant's   Accounts  means  the  account  established  and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer's  contributions  in the
case of a Profit  Sharing Plan or Money  Purchase  Plan,  and (b) the Employer's
Non-Elective Contributions in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

          1.48  "Participant's  Combined Account" means the account  established
and maintained by the  Administrator  for each  Participant  with respect to his
total interest under the Plan resulting from the Employer's contributions.

         1.49 "Participant's Elective Account" means the account established and
maintained by the  Administrator-for  each Participant with respect to his total
interest  in  the  Plan  and  Trust  resulting  from  the  Employer's   Elective
Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions.  A separate accounting
shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the  Participant's  Elective
Account  attributable to Elective  Contributions  made pursuant to Section 11.2,
Employer matching contributions if they are deemed to be Elective Contributions,
and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

          1.50  "Participant's  Rollover Account" means the account  established
and maintained by the  Administrator  for each  Participant  with respect to his
total  interest in the Plan  resulting  from  amounts  transferred  from another
qualified plan or "conduit"  Individual  Retirement  Account in accordance  with
Section 4.6.

          1.51 "Plan" means' this  instrument  (hereinafter  referred to as W.E.
Stanley & Company,  Inc. Regional  Prototype  Defined  Contribution Plan & Trust
Basic Plan Document  #01)  including all  amendments  thereto,  and the Adoption
Agreement as adopted by the Employer.

          1.52 "Plan Year" means the Plan's  accounting  year as specified in C2
of the Adoption Agreement.

          1.53 "Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for
the life of the Participant's  spouse, the payments under which must be equal to
the actuarial equivalent of 50% of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan
as of the date of death.

          1.54 "Qualified  Non-Elective  Account" means the account  established
hereunder to which Qualified Non-Elective. Contributions are allocated.

                                       11
<PAGE>

          1.55  "Qualified  Non-Elective   Contribution"  means  the  Employer's
contributions  to the Plan  that  are made  pursuant  to E5 041-2  the  Adoption
Agreement and Section  11.1(d)  which are. used to satisfy the "Actual  Deferral
Percentage" tests. Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions are nonforfeitable when
made and are  distributable  only as specified in Sections  11.2(c) and 11-8. In
addition,  the  Employer's  contributions  to the Plan that are made pursuant to
Section  11.7(h)  and  which  are  used  to  satisfy  the  "Actual  Contribution
Percentage" tests shall be considered Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

          1.56 "Qualified  Voluntary  Employee  Contribution  Account" means the
account  established and maintained by the  Administrator  for each  Participant
with  respect  to  his  total   interest  under  the  Plan  resulting  from  the
Participant's tax deductible  qualified  voluntary  employee  contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.9.

          1.57  "Regulation"  means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by
the  Secretary of the  Treasury  or  his  delegate,  and as amended from time to
time.

          1.58 "Retired  Participant" means a person who has been a Participant,
but who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

          1.59 "Retirement Date" mean the date as of which a Participant retires
for reasons other than Total and Permanent  Disability,  whether such retirement
occurs on a Participant's  Normal Retirement Date, Early or Late Retirement Date
(see. Section 6.1).

          1.60  "Self-Employed  Individual"  means an individual  who has earned
income for the  taxable  year from the trade or  business  for which the Plan is
established,  and,  also, an individual who would have had earned income but for
the fact that the trade or business  had no net profits for the taxable  year- A
Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

          1.61  "Shareholder-Employee"  means a  Participant  who owns more than
five percent (5%) of the Employer's outstanding capital stock during any year in
which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation under the
applicable Code Section.

          1.62 "Short Plan Year" means, if specified in the Adoption  Agreement,
that the  Plan  Year  shall  be less  than a 12 month  period.  If  chosen,  the
following rules shall apply in the  administration  of this Plan. In determining
whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for benefit accrual purposes
in the Short Plan Year,  the  number of the Hours of Service  required  shall be
proportionately  reduced based on the number of days in the Short Plan Year. The
determination  of whether an  Employee  has  completed  a Year of-  Service  for
vesting and eligibility purposes' shall be made in accordance with Department of
Labor  Regulation  2530.203-2(c).  In addition,  if this Plan is integrated with
Social Security,  the integration  level shall also be  proportionately  reduced
based on the number of days in the Short Plan Year.

                                       12
<PAGE>

          1.63 "Super Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2 (b).

          1.64 "Taxable Wage Base" means,  with respect to any year, the maximum
amount of  earnings  which may be  considered  wages f or such year  under  Code
Section 3121(a)(1).

          1.65  "Terminated   Participant"   means  a  person  who  has  been  a
Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total
and Permanent Disability or retirement.

          1.66    "Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a)

          1.67 "Top Heavy Plan Year" means a Plan Year commencing after December
31, 1983 during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

         1.68 "Top Paid Group" shall be determined  pursuant to Code Section 414
(q) and the  Regulations  thereunder  and generally  means the top 20 percent of
Employees who performed  services for the Employer  during the applicable  year,
ranked according to the' amount of "415 Compensation" (as determined pursuant to
Section  1.28)  received  from the  Employer  during such year.  All  Affiliated
Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees
shall be treated as Employees  pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees
who are non-resident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section  911(d) (2)) from the Employer  constituting  United  States source
income  within the  meaning of Code  Section 861 (a) (3) shall not be treated as
Employees.  Additionally,  for the purpose of  determining  the number of active
Employees  in any  year,  the  following  additional  Employees  shall  also  be
excluded,  however,  such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of
identifying the particular Employees in the Top Paid Group:

          (a)     Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

          (b)     Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week;

          (c)     Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a
                  year; and

          (d)     Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

               In  addition,  if 90  percent  or  more of the  Employees  of the
Employee  are  covered  under  agreements  the  Secretary  of Labor  finds to be
collective  bargaining  agreements  between  Employee  representatives  and  the
Employer,  and the Plan covers  only  Employees  who are not covered  under such
agreements,  then Employees  covered by such  agreements  shall be excluded from
both the total number of active Employees as well as from the  identification of
particular Employees in the Top Paid Group.

                                       13
<PAGE>

               The  foregoing  exclusions  set  forth in this  Section  shall be
applied on a uniform and  consistent  basis for all  purposes for which the Code
Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

         1.69 "Total and Permanent  Disability" means the inability to engage in
any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason  of any  medically  determinable
physical or mental  impairment  that can be expected to result in death or which
has lasted or can be expected to last for a  continuous  period of not less than
12 months.  The  disability of a  Participant  shall be determined by a licensed
physician chosen by the  Administrator.  However,  if the condition  constitutes
total disability under the federal Social Security Acts, the  Administrator  may
rely upon such  determination  that the  Participant is Totally and  Permanently
Disabled  for the  purposes  of this Plan.  The  determination  shall be applied
uniformly to all Participants.

          1.70 "Trustee"  means the person or entity named in B6 of the Adoption
Agreement and any successors.

          1.71  "Trust  Fund" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same
shall exist from time to time.

          1.72  "Vested"  means  the  nonforfeitable   portion  of  any  account
maintained on behalf of a Participant.

          1.73 "Voluntary  Contribution  Account" means the account  established
and maintained by the  Administrator  for each  Participant  with respect to his
total  interest  in the  Plan  resulting  from the  Participant's  nondeductible
voluntary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7.

          1.74 "Year of  Service"  means the  computation  period of twelve (12)
consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has completed
at. least 1000 Hours of Service.

               For  purposes  of  eligibility  for  participation,  the  initial
computation  period  shall  begin  with  the date on which  the  Employee  first
performs an Hour of Service  (employment  commencement  date). The  computation
period beginning after a 1-Year Break in Service shall be measured from the date
on  which  an  Employee  again  performs.  an Hour of  Service.  The  succeeding
computation  periods shall begin with the first  anniversary  of the  Employee's
employment  commencement  date.  However,  if one (1) Year of Service or less is
required  as a condition  of  eligibility,  then after the  initial  eligibility
computation  period,  the  eligibility  computation  period  shall  shift to the
current  Plan Year  which  includes  the  anniversary  of the' date on which the
Employee  first  performed an Hour of Service.  An Employee who is credited with
1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial  eligibility  computation  period and
the first  Plan Year  which  commences  prior to the  first  anniversary  of the
Employee's  initial  eligibility  computation  period will be credited  with two
Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

                                       14
<PAGE>

               For vesting  purposes,  and all other  purposes not  specifically
addressed  in this  Section,  the  computation  period  shall be the Plan  Year,
including  periods prior to the Effective  Date of the Plan unless  specifically
excluded pursuant to the Adoption Agreement.

               Years of Service  and breaks in service  will be  measured on the
same computation period.

               Years of Service with any predecessor  Employer which  maintained
this Plan  shall be  recognized.  Years of  Service  with any other  predecessor
Employer shall be recognized as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

               Years  of  Service  with  any   Affiliated   Employer   shall  be
recognized.

                                   ARTICLE II
                     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

2.1      TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

               For any Top Heavy Plan Year,  the Plan shall  provide the special
vesting  requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan
and the special minimum allocation  requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant
to Section 4.3(i) of the Plan.

2.3      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

               (a) This  Plan  shall  be a Top  Heavy  Plan  for any  Plan  Year
          beginning after December 31, 1983, in which,  as of the  Determination
          Date,  (1) the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees and
          (2) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan
          and all plans of an Aggregation Group,  exceeds sixty percent (60%).of
          the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits and the  Aggregate  Accounts of
          all Key and  Non-Key  Employees  under  this  Plan and all plans of an
          Aggregation Group.

               If any  Participant is a Non-Key  Employee for any Plan Year, but
          such  Participant  was a Key  Employee  for any prior Plan Year,  such
          Participant's  Present  value  of  Accrued  Benefit  and/or  Aggregate
          Account   balance  shall  not  be  taken  into  account   purposes  of
          determining  whether  this Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan
          (or whether any  Aggregation  Group which  includes this Plan is a Top
          Heavy Group). In addition,  if a Participant or Former Participant has
          not  performed any services for any Employer  maintaining  the Plan at
          any time during the five year period ending on the Determination Date,
          any accrued benefit for such Participant or Former  Participant  shall
          not be taken into account for the purposes of determining whether this
          Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan.

                                       15
<PAGE>

               (b) This Plan  shall be a Super Top Heavy  Plan for any Plan Year
          beginning after December 31, 1983, in which,  as of the  Determination
          Date,  (1) the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees and
          (2) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan
          and all plans of an Aggregation Group, exceeds ninety percent (90%) of
          the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits and the  Aggregate  Accounts of
          all Key and  Non-Key  Employees  under  this  Plan and all plans of an
          Aggregation Group.

               (c) Aggregate  Account:  A Participant's  Aggregate Account as of
          the Determination Date is the sum of:

                    (1) his  Participant's  Combined  Account  balance as of the
               most recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month period
               ending on the Determination Date;

                    (2)  for a  Profit  Sharing  Plan,  an  adjustment  for  any
               contributions due as of the  Determination  Date. Such adjustment
               shall be the amount of any contributions  actually made after the
               valuation date but before the Determination  Date, except for the
               first  Plan Year when such  adjustment  shall  also  reflect  the
               amount of any  contributions  made after the  Determination  Date
               that are allocated as of a date in that first Plan Year;

                    (3) for a Money Purchase Plan,  contributions  that would be
               allocated  as of a date not later  than the  Determination  Date,
               even  though  those  amounts  are not yet made or  required to be
               made.

                    (4) any Plan  distributions  made  within the Plan Year that
               includes the Determination  Date or within the four (4) preceding
               Plan Years.  However, in the case of distributions made after the
               valuation  date  and  prior  to  the  Determination   Date,  such
               distributions  are not  included as  distributions  for too heavy
               purposes  to the  extent  that  such  distributions  are  already
               included in the participant's Aggregate Account balance as of the
               valuation  date.  In the  case of a  distribution  of an  annuity
               Contract,  the  amount of such  distribution  is deemed to be the
               current  actuarial value of the Contract,  determined on the date
               of  the  distribution.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the
               contrary, all distributions,  including  distributions made prior
               to January 1, 1984,  and  distributions  under a terminated  plan
               which if it had not been  terminated  would have been required to
               be included in an Aggregation  Group,  will be counted.  Further,
               distributions  from the Plan  (including  the cash  value of life
               insurance policies) of a Participant's account balance because of
               death shall be treated as a distribution  for the purpose of this
               paragraph.

                    (5)  any  Employee   contributions,   whether  voluntary  or
               mandatory.   However,  amounts  attributable  to  tax  deductible


                                       16
<PAGE>

               qualified   voluntary   employee   contributions   shall  not  be
               considered to be a part of the  Participant's  Aggregate  Account
               balance.

                    (6) with respect to  unrelated  rollovers  and  plan-to-plan
               transfers (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made
               from a plan  maintained  by one employer to a plan  maintained by
               another  employer), if this  Plan  provides  the  rollovers  or
               plan-to-plan  transfers,  it shall always consider such rollovers
               or plan-to-plan  transfers as a distribution  for the purposes of
               this Section.  If this Plan is the plan  accepting such rollovers
               or plan-to-plan  transfers,  it shall not consider such rollovers
               or  plan-to-plan  transfers  accepted  after December 31, 1983 as
               part of the  Participant's  Aggregate  Account balance.  However,
               rollovers or plan-to-plan  transfers accepted prior to January 1,
               1984 shall be considered as part of the  Participant's  Aggregate
               Account balance.

                    (7) with  respect to  related  rollovers.  and  plan-to-plan
               transfers (ones either not initiated by the Employee or made to a
               plan maintained by the same employer),  if this Plan provides the
               rollover or plan-to-plan  transfer,  it shall not be counted as a
               distribution  for purposes of this  Section.  If this Plan is the
               plan accepting such rollover or plan-to-plan  transfer,  it shall
               consider  such rollover or  plan-to-plan  transfer as part of the
               Participant's Aggregate Account balance, irrespective of the date
               on which such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

                    (8) For the purposes of  determining  whether two  employers
               are to be treated as the same employer in 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7)
               above, all employers  aggregated under Code Section 414(b),  (c),
               (m) and to) are treated as the same employer.

               (d) "Aggregation Group" means either a Required Aggregation Group
          or a Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

                    (1) Required  Aggregation  Group:  In determining a Required
               Aggregation Group hereunder, each qualified plan of the Employer,
               including any  Simplified  Employee  Pension Plan, in which a Key
               Employee  is a  participant  in  the  Plan  Year  containing  the
               Determination  Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years,  and
               each other  qualified  plan of the  Employer  which  enables  any
               qualified plan in which a Key Employee  participates  to meet the
               requirements  of Code Sections 401(a) (4) or 410,will be required
               to be  aggregated.  Such  group  shall  be  known  as a  Required
               Aggregation Group.

               In the case of a  Required  Aggregation  Group,  each plan in the
               group  will  be  considered  a Top  Heavy  Plan  if the  Required

                                       17
<PAGE>

               Aggregation  Group is a Top Heavy Group.  No plan in the Required
               Aggregation  Group  will be  considered  a Top Heavy  Plan if the
               Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

               (2) Permissive  Aggregation  Group: The Employer may also include
               any other plan of the Employer, including any Simplified Employee
               Pension  Plan,  not  required  to be  included  in  the  Required
               Aggregation  Group,  provided  the  resulting  group,  taken as a
               whole,  would continue to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections
               401 (a) (4) and 410.  Such group  shall be known as a  Permissive
               Aggregation Group.

               In the case of a Permissive  Aggregation  Group, only a plan that
               is part of the Required  Aggregation  Group will be  considered a
               Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy
               Group.  No  plan  in the  Permissive  Aggregation  Group  will be
               considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive  Aggregation  Group
               is not a Top Heavy Group.

               (3) Only those plans of the  Employer in which the  Determination
               Dates  fall within  the same calendar year shall be aggregated in
               order to determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

               (4) An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated plan of the
               Employer  if it was  maintained  within  the last  five 15) years
               ending on the Determination Date.

               (e) "Determination  Date" means (a) the last day of the preceding
          Plan Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year,  the last day of
          such Plan Year.

               (f)  Present  Value of  Accrued  Benefit:  In the case of defined
          benefit plan,  the Present Value of Accrued  Benefit for a Participant
          other  than a Key  Employee  shall be as  determined  using the single
          accrual  method  used for all  plans of the  Employer  and  Affiliated
          Employers,  or if no such single method  exists,  using a method which
          results in benefits accruing not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
          rate permitted under Code Section  411(b)(1)(C).  The determination of
          the Present  Value of Accrued  Benefit  shall be  determined as of the
          most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month
          period ending on the  Determination  Date,  except as provided in Code
          Section 416 and the  Regulations  thereunder  for the first and second
          plan years of a defined benefit plan.

               However,  any such  determination  must include  present value of
accrued benefit  attributable to any Plan  distributions  referred to in Section
2.2(c)(4) above,  any Employee  contributions  referred to in Section  2.2(c)(5)
above or any related or unrelated  rollovers  referred to in Sections  2.2(c)(6)
and 2.2(c)(7) above.

                                       18
<PAGE>

               (g) "Top Heavy Group" means an Aggregation  Group in which, as of
          the Determination Date, the sum of:

                    (1) the Present  Value of Accrued  Benefits of Key Employees
               under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and

                    (2)  the  Aggregate  Accounts  of Key  Employees  under  all
               defined  contribution plans included in the group,  exceeds sixty
               percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Participants.

               (h) The Administrator  shall determine whether this Plan is a Top
          Heavy  Plan  on  the  Anniversary   Date  specified  in  the  Adoption
          Agreement.  Such  determination  of the top  heavy  ratio  shall be in
          accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder.

2.5       POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

               (a) The  Employer  shall be  empowered  to appoint and remove the
          Trustee and the Administrator  from time to time as it deems necessary
          for the proper  administration  of the Plan to assure that the Plan is
          being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
          Beneficiaries  in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and
          the Act.

               (b) The Employer shall  establish a "funding  policy and method",
          i.e.,  it shall  determine  whether  the Plan has a short run need for
          liquidity  (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether  liquidity is a long run
          goal and  investment  growth (and stability of same) is a more current
          need,  or shall  appoint a qualified  person to do so. The Employer or
          its delegate  shall  communicate  such needs and goals to the Trustee,
          who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment  policy.  The
          communication  of  such a  "funding  policy  and  method'  shall  not,
          however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as to investment of the
          Trust Funds. Such "funding policy and method" shall be consistent with
          the  objectives of this Plan and with the  requirements  of Title I of
          the Act.

               (c) The Employer  may, in its  discretion,  appoint an Investment
          Manager  to manage  all or a  designated  portion of the assets of the
          Plan.  In such event,  the Trustee  shall follow the  directive of the
          Investment  Manager in investing the assets of the Plan managed by the
          Investment Manager.

               (d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any
          Fiduciary  or other  person  to whom  duties  have been  delegated  or
          allocated  by it under  the  provisions  of this Plan or  pursuant  to
          procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by


                                       19
<PAGE>

          formal  periodic  review  by the  Employer  or by a  qualified  person
          specifically  designated by the Employer,  through  day-to-day conduct
          and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways.

2.7      DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

               The  Employer  shall  appoint  one or  more  Administrators.  Any
person,  including,  but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be
eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer.  An Administrator may
resign by delivering  his written  resignation  to the Employer or be removed by
the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal,  to take effect at a date
specified  therein,  or  upon  delivery  to  the  Administrator  if no  date  is
specified.

               The  Employer,   upon  the   resignation   or  removal  of  -  an
Administrator, shall promptly designate in writing a successor to this position.
If the Employer does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as
the Administrator.

2.9      ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

               If more  than one  person  is  appointed  as  Administrator,  the
responsibilities  of each  Administrator  may be  specified  by the Employer and
accepted in writing by each Administrator.  In the event that no such delegation
is made by the Employer,  the Administrators  may allocate the  responsibilities
among themselves,  in which event the  Administrators  shall notify the Employer
and the Trustee in writing of such action and  specify the  responsibilities  of
each  Administrator.  The  Trustee  thereafter  shall  accept  and rely upon any
documents  executed  by the  appropriate  Administrator  until  such time as the
Employer or the  Administrators  file with the Trustee a written  revocation  of
such designation.

2.11     POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

               The primary  responsibility of the Administrator is to administer
the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their  Beneficiaries,
subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The  Administrator  shall  administer
the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to
construe the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection
with the administration,  interpretation,  and application of the Plan. Any such
determination  by the  Administrator  shall be  conclusive  and binding upon all
persons. The Administrator may establish procedures,  correct any defect, supply
any  information,  or  reconcile  any  inconsistency  in such manner and to such
extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the
Plan; provided,  however, that any procedure,  discretionary act, interpretation
or construction shall be done in a  nondiscriminatory  manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the
Plan  Shall  continue  to be  deemed a  qualified  plan  under the terms of Code
Section  401(a),  and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations


                                       20
<PAGE>

issued pursuant thereto.  The  Administrator  shall have all powers necessary or
appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

               The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

               (a) the  discretion to determine  all  questions  relating to the
          eligibility  of  Employees  to  participate  or  remain a Participant
          hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan;

               (b) to compute,  certify,  and direct the Trustee with respect to
          the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant  shall be
          entitled hereunder;

               (c) to  authorize  and direct  the  Trustee  with  respect to all
          nondiscretionary  or otherwise  directed  disbursements from the Trust
          Fund;

               (d) to maintain all necessary  records for the  administration of
          the Plan;

               (e) to  interpret  the  provisions  of the  Plan  and to make and
          publish such rules for regulation of the Plan as are  consistent  with
          the terms hereof;

               (f)  to  determine  the  size  and  type  of any  Contract  to be
          purchased from the Insurer;

               (g) to compute  and  certify to the  Employer  and to the Trustee
          from  time to time the  sums of money  necessary  or  desirable  to be
          contributed to the Trust Fund;

               (h) to consult with the Employer  and the Trustee  regarding  the
          short  and  long-term  liquidity  needs of the Plan in order  that the
          Trustee can exercise any investment discretion in a manner designed to
          accomplish specific objectives;

               (i) to prepare  and  distribute  to  Employees  a  procedure  for
          notifying  Participants  and  Beneficiaries  of their  rights to elect
          Joint and Survivor Annuities and Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuities if
          required by the Code and Regulations thereunder;

               (j) to assist any Participant regarding his rights,  benefits, or
          elections available under the Plan.

2.13     RECORDS AND REPORTS

               The  Administrator  shall keep a record of all actions  taken and
shall  keep all other  books of  account,  records,  and other  data that may be
necessary for proper  administration  of the Plan and shall be  responsible  for


                                       21
<PAGE>

supplying  all  information  and  reports  to  the  Internal   Revenue  Service,
Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.15     APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

               The  Administrator,  or  the  Trustee  with  the  consent  of the
Administrator, may appoint counsel, specialists,  advisers, and other persons as
the Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with
the administration of this Plan.

2.17     INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

               To  enable  the  Administrator  to  perform  his  functions,  the
Employer shall supply full and timely  information to the  Administrator  on all
matters  relating  to the  Compensation  of all  Participants,  their  Hours  of
Service,  their  Years of  Service,  their  retirement,  death,  disability,  or
termination of employment,  and such other pertinent facts as the  Administrator
may  require;  and the  Administrator  shall  advise the  Trustee of such of the
foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's  duties under the Plan. The
Administrator  may rely upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and
shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such information.

2.19     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

               All expenses of administration  may be paid out of the Trust Fund
unless paid by the Employer.  Such expenses shall include any expenses  incident
to the functioning of the Administrator,  including, but not limited to, fees of
accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of
administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of
the Trust Fund.  However,  the  Employer  may  reimburse  the Trust Fund for any
administration  expense incurred.  Any administration  expense paid to the Trust
Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

2.21     MAJORITY ACTIONS

               Except  where  there has been an  allocation  and  delegation  of
administrative  authority  pursuant to Section  2.5, if there shall be more than
one  Administrator,  they  shall  act by a  majority  of their  number,  but may
authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.23     CLAIMS PROCEDURE

               Claims for  benefits  under the Plan may be filed in writing with
the  Administrator.  Written  notice  of the  disposition  of a claim  shall  be
furnished to the claimant  within 90 days after the application is filed. In the
event the claim is denied,  the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set
forth in the notice in language  calculated  to be  understood  by the claimant,
pertinent  provisions of the Plan shall be cited,  and,  where  appropriate,  an


                                       22
<PAGE>

explanation  as to how the claimant  can perfect the claim will be provided.  In
addition,  the claimant  shall be furnished  with an  explanation  of the Plan's
claims review procedure.

2.25     CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

               Any Employee,  former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has
been  denied a benefit by a decision  of the  Administrator  pursuant to Section
2.12  shall  be  entitled  to  request  the   Administrator   to  give   further
consideration  to his claim by filing with the  Administrator  a written request
for a hearing.  Such request,  together with a written  statement of the reasons
why the claimant  believes his claim should be allowed,  shall be filed with the
Administrator  no later than 60 days after  receipt of the written  notification
provided for in Section  2.12.  The  Administrator  shall then conduct a hearing
within the next 60 days, at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney
or any  other  representative  of his  choosing  and  expense  and at which  the
claimant  shall have an  opportunity  to submit  written and oral  evidence  and
arguments in support of his claim.  At the  hearing..  (or prior  thereto upon 5
business  days  written  notice  to  the  Administrator)  the  claimant  or  his
representative  shall  have  an  opportunity  to  review  all  documents  in the
possession  of the  Administrator  which are pertinent to the claim at issue and
its  disallowance.  Either the claimant or the  Administrator  may cause a court
reporter  to attend the  hearing and record the  proceedings.  In such event,  a
complete  written  transcript  of the  proceedings  shall be  furnished  to both
parties by the court  reporter.  The full expense of any such court reporter and
such  transcripts  shall be borne by the party  causing  the court  reporter  to
attend the hearing.  A final  decision as to the allowance of the claim shall be
made by the Administrator  within 60 days of receipt of the appeal (unless there
has been an  extension  of 60 days due to special  circumstances,  provided  the
delay and the  special  circumstances  occasioning  it are  communicated  to the
claimant  within the 60 day period).  Such  communication  shall be written in a
manner  calculated to be  understood by the claimant and shall include  specific
reasons  for  the  decision  and  specific  references  to  the  pertinent  Plan
provisions on which the decision is based.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

3.1      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

               Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate  hereunder
on  the  date  he has  satisfied  the  requirements  specified  in the  Adoption
Agreement.

3.3      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

               An Eligible  Employee who has become eligible to be a Participant
shall become a  Participant  effective  as of the day  specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

               In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements  and would  otherwise  have  become a  Participant  shall go from a
classification of a noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee,  such Employee
shall become a Participant as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

                                       23
<PAGE>

               In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements  and  would  otherwise  become  a  Participant   shall  go  from  a
classification  of an Eligible  Employee to a  noneligible  Employee and becomes
ineligible to participate  and has not incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  such
Employee shall  participate in the Plan as of the date he returns to an eligible
class of  Employees.  If such  Employee  does incur a 1-Year  Break in  Service,
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Plan.

3.5      DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

               The  Administrator   shall  determine  the  eligibility  of  each
Employee for  participation in the Plan based upon information  furnished by the
Employer.  Such determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons,
as long as the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination
shall be subject to review per Section 2.13.

3.7      TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

               In the event a Participant  shall go from a classification  of an
Eligible  Employee to an  ineligible  Employee,  such Former  Participant  shall
continue to vest in his interest in the Plan for each Year of Service  completed
while a noneligible Employee, until such time as his Participant's Account shall
be forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, his
interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings or the Trust Fund.

3.9      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

               If, in any Plan Year,  any  Employee  who should be included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is
not made until after a contribution  by his Employer for the year has been made,
the  Employer  shall make a  subsequent  contribution,  if  necessary  after the
application of Section  4.3(e),  so that the omitted  Employee  receives a total
amount which the said Employee would have received had he not been omitted. Such
contribution  shall be made  regardless  of whether or not it is  deductible  in
whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.11     INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

               If,  in any Plan  Year,  any  person  who  should  not have  been
included as a Participant in the plan is  erroneously  included and discovery of
such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has
been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the  contribution  made
with respect to the ineligible  person  regardless of whether or not a deduction
is  allowable  with  respect to such  contribution.  In such  event,  the amount


                                       24
<PAGE>

contributed with respect to the ineligible  person shall constitute a Forfeiture
for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.

3.13     ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

               An Employee may,  subject to the approval of the Employer,  elect
voluntarily not to participate in the Plan. The election not to participate must
be  communicated to the Employer,  in writing,  at least thirty (30) days before
the  beginning of a Plan Year.  For  Standardized  Plans,  a  Participant  or an
Eligible Employee may not elect not to participate.  Furthermore,  the foregoing
election not to participate shall not be available with respect to partners in a
partnership.

3.15     CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE

               (a) If this Plan  provides  contributions  or benefits for one or
          more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan
          is established and one or more other entities,  this Plan and the plan
          established  for other trades or businesses  must, when looked at as a
          single Plan, satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the Employees of
          this and all other entities.

               (b) if the Plan  provides  contributions  or benefits  for one or
          more   Owner-Employees  who  control  one  or  more  other  trades  or
          businesses,  the employees of the other trades or  businesses  must be
          included in a plan which  satisfies  Code Sections  401(a) and (d) and
          which  provides  contributions  and benefits not less  favorable  than
          provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

               (c) If an  individual is covered as an  owner-Employee  under the
          plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and
          the  individual  controls a trade or  business,  then the  benefits or
          contributions  of the  employees  under  the  plan  of the  trades  or
          businesses which are controlled must be as favorable as those provided
          for him under the most  favorable  plan of the trade or business which
          is not controlled.

               (d) For purposes of the preceding paragraphs,  an Owner-Employee,
          or two or more  Owner-Employees,  will be  considered  to  control  an
          entity if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

                         (1)  own  the  entire  interest  in  an  unincorporated
                    entity, or

                         (2) in the  case of a  partnership,  own  more  than 50
                    percent  of  either  the  capital  interest  or the  profits
                    interest in the partnership.

               (e) For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or
          two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in
          a partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership
          which such  Owner-Employee,  or such two or more  Owner-Employees  are
          considered to control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1      FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  (a)      For a Money Purchase Plan

                           (1) The Employer shall make  contributions  over such
                  period of years as the Employer may determine on the following
                  basis.  On behalf  of each  Participant  eligible  to share in
                  allocations,  for each year of his participation in this Plan,
                  the  Employer  shall  contribute  the amount  specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement. All contributions by the Employer shall be
                  made  in  cash or in such  property  as is  acceptable  to the
                  Trustee.  The  Employer  shall be  required to obtain a waiver
                  from the Internal  Revenue  Service for any Plan Year in which
                  it is unable  to make the full  required  contribution  to the
                  Plan.  In the event a waiver is  obtained,  this Plan shall be
                  deemed to be an individually designed plan.

                           (2) For any Plan Year  beginning  prior to January 1,
                  1990,  and  if  elected  in  the   non-standardized   Adoption
                  Agreement  for any Plan Year  beginning on or after January 1,
                  1990,  the  Employer  shall  not  contribute  on  behalf  of a
                  Participant  who performs  less than a Year of Service  during
                  any  Plan  Year,  unless  there  is a  Short  Plan  Year  or a
                  contribution is required pursuant to 4.3(h).

                           (3)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Employer's
                  contribution  for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum
                  amount  allowable  as a deduction  to the  Employer  under the
                  provisions  of  Code  Section  404.  However,  to  the  extent
                  necessary to provide the top heavy  minimum  allocations,  the
                  Employer  shall make a  contribution  even if it  exceeds  the
                  amount which is deductible under Code Section 404.

                  (b)      For a Profit Sharing Plan -

                           (1) For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute
                  to the Plan such amount as  specified  by the  Employer in the
                  Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,
                  the  Employer's  contribution  for any  Fiscal  Year shall not
                  exceed the maximum  amount  allowable  as a  deduction  to the
                  Employer  under  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  404.  All
                  contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in such
                  property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

                                       26
<PAGE>

                           (2)  Except,  however,  to the  extent  necessary  to
                  provide the top heavy minimum allocations,  the Employer shall
                  make a contribution  even if it exceeds current or accumulated
                  Net  Profit  or the  amount  which is  deductible  under  Code
                  Section 404.

4.3      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  The  Employer   shall   generally   pay  to  the  Trustee  its
contribution  to the Plan for each Plan Year within the time  prescribed by law,
including  extensions of time, for the filing of the  Employer's  federal income
tax return for the Fiscal Year.

4.5      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

                  (a) The Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account
         in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit
         as of each  Anniversary  Date,  or other  valuation  date,  all amounts
         allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

                  (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all
         information  required by the  Administrator to make a proper allocation
         of the Employer's contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable
         period of time after the date of receipt by the  Administrator  of such
         information,  the  Administrator  shall allocate such  contribution  as
         follows:

                           (1)      For a Money Purchase Plan:

                                    (i) The  Employer's  Contribution  shall  be
                           allocated to each  Participant's  Combined Account in
                           the  manner  set forth in  Section  4.1 herein and as
                           specified in Section E2 of the Adoption Agreement.

                           (2)      For an Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

                                    (i) The  Employer's  contribution  shall  be
                           allocated to each  Participant's  Account,  except as
                           provided in Section 4.3(f),  in a dollar amount equal
                           to  5.7%  of the  sum  of  each  Participant's  total
                           Compensation   plus  Excess   Compensation.   If  the
                           Employer  does not  contribute  such  amount  for all
                           Participants,  each  Participant  will be allocated a
                           share of the contribution in the same proportion that
                           his  total   Compensation   plus  his  total   Excess
                           Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears to the  total
                           Compensation  plus the total Excess  Compensation  of
                           all Participants for that year.

                  Regardless of the  preceding,  4.3% shall be  substituted  for
                  5.7%  above if Excess  Compensation  is based on more than 20%
                  and less than or equal to 80% of the  Taxable  Wage  Base.  If

                                       27
<PAGE>


                  Excess  Compensation  is based on less than 100% and more than
                  80% of the Taxable Wage Base,  then 5.4% shall  be substituted
                  for 5.7% above.

                                    (ii)   The   balance   of   the   Employer's
                           contribution over the amount allocated above, if any,
                           shall be  allocated  to each  Participant's  Combined
                           Account  in  the  same   proportion  that  his  total
                           Compensation   for  the  Year   bears  to  the  total
                           Compensation of all Participants for such year.

                                    (iii)  Except,  however,  for any Plan  Year
                           beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if elected in
                           the non-standardized  Adoption Agreement for any Plan
                           Year  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  1990,  a
                           Participant  who performs less than a Year of Service
                           during   any  Plan  Year   shall  not  share  in  the
                           Employer's  contribution for that year,  unless there
                           is a Short Plan Year or a  contribution  is  required
                           pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

                           (3)      For a Non-Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

                                    (i) The  Employer's  contribution  shall  be
                           allocated to each  Participant's  Account in the same
                           proportion that each such Participant's  Compensation
                           for the year bears to the total  Compensation  of all
                           Participants for such year.

                                    (ii)  Except,  however,  for any  Plan  Year
                           beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if elected in
                           the non-standardized  Adoption Agreement for any plan
                           Year  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  1990,  a
                           Participant  who performs less than a Year of Service
                           during   any  Plan  Year   shall  not  share  in  the
                           Employer's  contribution for that year,  unless there
                           is a Short Plan Year or a  contribution  is  required
                           pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

                  (c) As of each  Anniversary  Date  or  other  valuation  date,
         before  allocation  of  Employer  contributions  and  Forfeitures,  any
         earnings or losses (net  appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust
         Fund shall be allocated in. the same proportion that each Participant's
         and Former  Participant's  nonsegregated  accounts bear to the total of
         all Participants' and Former Participants' nonsegregated accounts as of
         such  date.  If any  nonsegregated  account of a  Participant  has been
         distributed  prior  to the  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation  date
         subsequent to a Participant's termination of employment, no earnings or
         losses shall be credited to such account.

                  Notwithstanding  the above, with respect to contributions made
         to the Plan after the previous Anniversary Date or allocation date, the
         method specified in the Adoption Agreement shall be used.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                  (d) Participants'  Accounts shall be debited for any insurance
         or annually  premiums  paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or
         interest received on insurance contracts.

                  (e) As of each  Anniversary  Date  any  amounts  which  became
         Forfeitures  since  the  last  Anniversary  Date  shall  first  be made
         available to reinstate  previously forfeited account balances of Former
         Participants,  if any, in accordance with Section  6.4(g)(2) or be used
         to satisfy any  contribution  that may be required  pursuant to Section
         3.5 and/or 6.9. The remaining Forfeitures,  if any, shall be treated in
         accordance with the Adoption Agreement.  Provided, however, that in the
         event the  allocation of  Forfeitures  provided  herein shall cause the
         "annual  addition"  (as  defined in Section  4.4) to any  Participant's
         Account to exceed the amount allowable by the Code, the excess shall be
         allocated in accordance with Section 4.5. Except, however, for any Plan
         Year  beginning  prior  to  January  1,  1990,  and if  elected  in the
         non-standardized  Adoption  Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or
         after January 1, 1990, a  Participant  who performs less than a Year of
         Service  during any Plan Year  shall not share in the Plan  Forfeitures
         for that  year,  unless  there is a Short  Plan Year or a  contribution
         required pursuant to Section 4.3(h).

                  (f)  Minimum  Allocations  Required  for Top Heavy Plan Years:
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for. any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of
         the  Employer's   contributions   and  Forfeitures   allocated  to  the
         Participant's  Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal
         to at  least  three  percent  (3%)  of  such  Non-Key  Employee's  "415
         Compensation"  (reduced  by  contributions  and  forfeitures,  if  any,
         allocated to each  Non-Key  Employee in any defined  contribution  plan
         included with this plan in a Required  Aggregation Group).  However, if
         (i) the sum of the Employer's  contributions and Forfeitures  allocated
         to the Participant's Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top
         Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key  Employee's
         "415 Compensation" and (ii) this Plan is not required to be included in
         an  Aggregation  Group to  enable a  defined  benefit  plan to meet the
         requirements  of  Code  Section  401(a)(4)  or  410,  the  sum  of  the
         Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
         Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest
         percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of any Key
         Employee.

                  However,  for each Non-Key  Employee who is a Participant in a
         paired Profit  Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan and a paired
         Money Purchase Plan, the minimum 3% allocation specified above shall be
         provided in the Money Purchase Plan.

                  If this is an  integrated  Plan,  then for any Top Heavy  Plan
         Year the Employer's contribution shall be allocated as follows:

                                       29
<PAGE>

                           (1)  An  amount  equal  to  3%   multiplied  by  each
                  Participant's   Compensation   for  the  Plan  Year  shall  be
                  allocated to each Participant's  Account. If the Employer does
                  not contribute  such amount for all  Participants,  the amount
                  shall be allocated to each  Participant's  Account in the same
                  proportion that his total Compensation for the Plan Year bears
                  to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

                           (2) The balance of the Employer's  contribution  over
                  the amount  allocated under  subparagraph  (1) hereof shall be
                  allocated  to each  Participant's  Account in a dollar  amount
                  equal to 3% multiplied by a Participant's Excess Compensation.
                  If the  Employer  does  not  contribute  such  amount  for all
                  Participants,  each  Participant  will be allocated a share of
                  the  contribution  in the  same  proportion  that  his  Excess
                  Compensation  bears to the total  Excess  Compensation  of all
                  Participants for that year.

                           (3) The balance of the Employer's  contribution  over
                  the amount  allocated under  subparagraph  (2) hereof shall be
                  allocated to each Participant's Account in dollar amount equal
                  to 2.7%  multiplied  by the sum. of each  Participant's  total
                  Compensation  plus Excess  Compensation.  If the Employer does
                  not  contribute  such  amount  for  all   Participants,   each
                  Participant  will be allocated a share of the  contribution in
                  the same proportion that his total Compensation plus his total
                  Excess  Compensation  for the Plan  Year  bears  to the  total
                  compensation  plus  the  total  Excess   Compensation  of  all
                  Participants for that year.

                  Regardless of the  preceding,  1.3% shall be  substituted  for
                  2.7%  above if Excess  Compensation  is based on more than 20%
                  and less than or equal to 80% of the  Taxable  Wage  Base.  If
                  Excess  Compensation  is based on less than 100% and more than
                  80% of the Taxable Wage Base,  then 2.4% shall be  substituted
                  for 2.7% above.

                           (4) The balance of the Employer's  contributions over
                  the amount allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each
                  Participant's Account  in the same  proportion  that his total
                  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation
                  of all Participants for such year.

                  For each Non-Key  Employee who is a  Participant  In this Plan
         and another  non-paired  defined  contribution  plan  maintained by the
         Employer,  the minimum 3% allocation  specified above shall be provided
         as specified in F3 of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (g) For purposes of the minimum.  allocations set forth above,
         the percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of all
         Key Employee  shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the  Employer's
         contributions and Forfeitures  allocated on behalf of such Key Employee
         divided by the "415 Compensation" for such Key Employee.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                  (h) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum  allocations  set
         forth :in this Section shall be allocated to the Participant's Combined
         Account  of all  Non-Key  Employees  who are  Participants  and who are
         employed by the  Employer  on the last day of the Plan Year,  including
         Non-Key Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; or
         (2) declined to make mandatory  contributions  (if required) or, in the
         case of a cash or deferred arrangement,  elective  contributions to the
         Plan.

                  (i)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  in any
         Plan Year in which the Employer  maintains both this Plan and a defined
         benefit pension plan included in a Required  Aggregation Group which is
         top heavy,  the  Employer  shall not be  required  to provide a Non-Key
         Employee  with both the full  separate  minimum  defined  benefit  plan
         benefit and the full separate defined  contribution  plan  allocations.
         Therefore,  if the  Employer  maintains  both a Defined  Benefit  and a
         Defined  Contribution  Plan that are a Top Heavy  Group,  the top heavy
         minimum benefits shall be provided as follows:

                  (1)      Applies if F1b of the Adoption Agreement is Selected

                           (i) The  requirements  of  Section  2.1  shall  apply
                  except that each Non-Key  Employee who is a Participant in the
                  Profit  Sharing Plan or Money  Purchase Plan and who is also a
                  Participant.  in the  Defined  Benefit  Plan  shall  receive a
                  minimum  allocation of five percent (5%) of such Participant's
                  0415 Compensation"  from the applicable  Defined  Contribution
                  Plan(s).

                           (ii) For each Non-Key  Employee who is a  Participant
                  only in the Defined  Benefit Plan the Employer  will provide a
                  minimum non-integrated benefit equal to 2% of his highest five
                  consecutive year average "415  Compensation"  for each Year of
                  Service while a Participant  in the Plan, in which the Plan is
                  top heavy, not to exceed ten.

                           (iii) For each Non-Key  Employee who is a Participant
                  only in this Defined  Contribution  Plan,  the Employer  shall
                  provide a contribution equal to 3% of his n415 Compensation".

                  (2)      Applies if Flc of the Adoption Agreement is Selected

                           (i)  The  minimum  allocation  specified  in  Section
                  4.3(i)(l)(i)  shall be 7 1/2% if the  Employer  elects  in the
                  Adoption  Agreement  for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy,
                  but not Super Top Heavy.

                                       31
<PAGE>

                           (ii)  The  minimum   benefit   specified  in  Section
                  4.3(i)(1)(ii)  shall  be 3% if  the  Employer  elects  in  the
                  Adoption  Agreement  for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy,
                  but not Super Top Heavy.

                           (iii) The  minimum  allocation  specified  in Section
                  4.3(i)(1)(iii)  shall  be 4% if  the  Employer  elects  in the
                  Adoption  Agreement  for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy,
                  but not Super Top Heavy.

                  (j) For the purposes of this Section, "415 Compensation" shall
         be limited to $200,000  (unless  adjusted  in such manner as  permitted
         under Code Section 415(d)).  However, for Plan Years beginning prior to
         January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for Top Heavy Plan
         Years and shall not be adjusted.

                  (k)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  any
         Participant who terminated  employment during the Plan Year for reasons
         other than death, Total and Permanent  Disability,  or retirement shall
         or shall not share in the  allocations of the Employer's  Contributions
         and Forfeitures as provided in the Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding
         the  foregoing,  for Plan  Years  beginning  after  1989,  if this is a
         standardized  Plan, any such terminated  Participant shall share in the
         allocations  as  provided in this  Section  provided  such  Participant
         completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

                  (l)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         Participants  terminating  for  reasons of death,  Total and  Permanent
         Disability, or retirement shall share in the allocations as provided in
         this Section  regardless  of whether  they  completed a Year of Service
         during the Plan Year.

                  (m) If a  Former  Participant  is  reemployed  after  five (5)
         consecutive  1-Year Breaks in Service,  then separate accounts shall be
         maintained as follows:

                           (1)   one   account   for   nonforfeitable   benefits
                   attributable to post-break service; and

                           (2) one account  representing  his  employer  derived
                   account  balance  in  the  Plan  attributable  to  post-break
                   service.

                  (n)  Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to
         the contrary,  if this is a non-standardized  Plan that would otherwise
         fail to meet the requirements of Code Sections  401(a)(26),  410(b)(1),
         or  410(b)(2)(A)(i)  and the Regulations  thereunder  because  Employer
         Contributions  have  not  been  allocated  to a  sufficient  number  or
         percentage of  Participants  for a Plan Year,  then the following rules
         shall apply:

                           (1) The group of  Participants  eligible  to share in
                   the Employer's contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year


                                       32
<PAGE>

                   shall  be  expanded   to  include   the  minimum   number  of
                   Participants  who  would not  otherwise  be  eligible  as are
                   necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified above. The
                   specific  participants  who shall become  eligible  under the
                   terms  of this  paragraph  shall be  those  who are  actively
                   employed on the last day of the Plan Year and,  when compared
                   to  similarly  situated  Participants,   have  completed  the
                   greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

                        (2)    If after  application of paragraph (1) above, the
                  applicable  test is still  not  satisfied,  then the  group of
                  Participants eligible to share in the Employer's  contribution
                  and Forfeitures for the Plan year shall be further expanded to
                  include  the  minimum  number  of  Participants  who  are  not
                  actively  employed  on the last  day of the  Plan  Year as are
                  necessary  to  satisfy  the  applicable   test.  The  specific
                  Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those
                  Participants,    when    compared   to   similarly    situated
                  Participants,  who have completed the greatest number of Hours
                  of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

                           Nothing in this Section shall permit the reduction of
                   a Participant's  accrued benefit.  Therefore any amounts that
                   have  previously  been allocated to  Participants  may not be
                   reallocated to satisfy these requirements. In such event, the
                   Employer shall make an additional  contribution  equal to the
                   amount such  affected  Participants  would have  received had
                   they been included in the allocations, even if it exceeds the
                   amount which would be deductible  under Code Section 404. Any
                   adjustments  to the  allocations  pursuant to this  paragraph
                   shall be  considered a retroactive  amendment  adopted by the
                   last day of the Plan Year.

4.7                MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

                     (a)(1)    If  the  Participant  does not  participate in,
                   and  has  never   participated  in  another   qualified  plan
                   maintained  by the  Employer,  or a welfare  benefit fund (as
                   defined in Code Section 419(e)),  maintained by the Employer,
                   or an individual medical account (as defined ;in Code Section
                   415(1)(2)) maintained by the Employer,  which provides Annual
                   Additions,  the  amount  of  Annual  Additions  which  may be
                   credited to the  Participant's  accounts  for any  Limitation
                   Year shall not exceed the lesser of the  Maximum  Permissible
                   Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the
                   Employer  contribution that would otherwise be contributed or
                   allocated  to the  Participant's  accounts  would  cause  the
                   Annual  Additions  for  the  Limitation  Year to  exceed  the
                   Maximum   Permissible   Amount,  the  amount  contributed  or
                   allocated  will be reduced so that the Annual  Additions  for
                   the  Limitation  Year  will  equal  the  Maximum  Permissible
                   Amount.

                                       33
<PAGE>

                  (2) Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
                  for the  Limitation  Year,  the  Employer  may  determine  the
                  Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a
                  reasonable  estimation of the  Participant's  Compensation for
                  the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants
                  similarly situated.

                  (3) As soon as is  administratively  feasible after the end of
                  the Limitation Year, the Maximum  Permissible  Amount for such
                  Limitation  Year  shall  be  determined  on the  basis  of the
                  Participant's actual compensation for such Limitation Year.

                  (4) If  pursuant  to Section  4.4(a)(2)  or as a result of the
                  allocation  of  Forfeitures,  there is an Excess  Amount,  the
                  excess will be disposed of as follows:

                           (i)    Any    nondeductible     Voluntary    Employee
                           Contributions,  to  the  extent  there  is an  Excess
                           Amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows:

                           (ii) If, after the application of  subparagraph  (i),
                           an Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is
                           covered  by the  Plan  at the  end of the  Limitation
                           Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's  account
                           will  be  sued  to  reduce   Employer   contributions
                           (including  any allocation of  Forfeitures)  for such
                           Participant  in the next  Limitation  Year,  and each
                           succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                           (iii) If, after the application of subparagraph  (i),
                           an Excess Amount still exists,  and the Participation
                           is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation
                           Year,  the Excess Amount will be held  allocated in a
                           suspense  account.   The  suspense  account  will  be
                           applied  to  reduce  future  Employer   contributions
                           (including  allocation  of any  Forfeitures)  for all
                           remaining  Participants in the next Limitation  Year,
                           and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                           (iv) if a  suspense  account is in  existence  at any
                           time  during  a  Limitation  Year  pursuant  to  this
                           Section, it will not participate in the allocation of
                           investment gains and losses. If a suspense account is
                           in   existence   at  any  time  during  a  particular
                           Limitation  Year, all amounts in the suspense account
                           must be allocated and  reallocated  to  Participant's
                           accounts  before any  employer  contributions  or any
                           employee  contributions  may be made to the  plan for
                           that  Limitation  Year.  Excess  amounts  may  not be
                           distributed to participants or former participants.

                                       34
<PAGE>

                  (b)(1) This  subsection  applies if, in addition to this Plan,
         the Participant is covered under another qualified  Regional  Prototype
         defined  contribution  plan  maintained by the  Employer,  or a welfare
         benefit  fund (as defined in Code  Section  419(e))  maintained  by the
         Employer,  or an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section
         415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, which provides Annual Additions,
         during any Limitation  Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited
         to a  Participant's  accounts  under this Plan for any such  Limitation
         Year shall not exceed the  maximum  Permissible  Amount  reduced by the
         Annual Additions  credited to a Participant's  accounts under the other
         plans and welfare  benefit funds for the same  Limitation  Year. If the
         Annual  Additions with respect to the  Participant  under other defined
         contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer
         are  less  than  the  Maximum   Permissible  Amount  and  the  Employer
         contribution  that would  otherwise be  contributed or allocated to the
         Participant's accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions
         for  the  Limitation  Year  to  exceed  this  limitation,   the  amount
         contributed or allocated  will be reduced so that the Annual  Additions
         under all such plans and welfare  benefit funds for the Limitation Year
         will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. if the Annual Additions with
         respect to the Participant under such other defined  contribution plans
         and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than
         the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  no amount  will be  contributed  or
         allocated  to  the  Participant's  account  under  this  Plan  for  the
         Limitation Year.

                           (2) Prior to  determining  the  Participant's  actual
                  Compensation   for  the  Limitation  Year,  the  Employer  may
                  determine the Maximum  Permissible Amount for a Participant in
                  the manner described in Section 4.4(a)(2).

                           (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the
                  end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for
                  the  Limitation  Year will be  determined  on the basis of the
                  Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                           (4) If, pursuant to Section  4.4(b)(2) or as a result
                  of the  allocation  of  Forfeitures,  a  Participant's  Annual
                  Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in
                  an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will
                  be deemed to consist of the Annual  Additions last  allocated,
                  except that Annual Additions attributable to a welfare benefit
                  fund or individual medical account will be deemed to have been
                  allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

                           (5)  If  an  Excess   Amount  was   allocated   to  a
                  Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides
                  with an  allocation  date of another  plan,  the Excess Amount
                  attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

                                   (i)     the total Excess Amount allocated as
                           of such date, times


                                       35
<PAGE>

                                   (ii) the  ratio of (1) the  Annual  Additions
                           allocated to the  Participant for the Limitation Year
                           as of such  date  under  this  Plan to (2) the  total
                           Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
                           Limitation  Year as of such date  under  this and all
                           the other qualified defined contribution plans.

                           (6) Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be
                  disposed in the manner described in Section 4.4(a)(4).

                  (c) If the  Participant  is covered  under  another  qualified
         defined  contribution  plan  maintained by the Employer  which is not a
         Regional  Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the
         Participant's  account under this Plan for any Limitation  Year will be
         limited in accordance with Section 4.4(b), unless the Employer provides
         other limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

                  (d) If the Employer  maintains,  or at any time maintained,  a
         qualified  defined  benefit plan covering any  Participant in this Plan
         the sum of the Participant's  Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined
         Contribution  Plan Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year.
         The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's account
         under this Plan for any  Limitation  Year will be limited in accordance
         with the Limitation on Allocations Section of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (e) For purposes of applying the  limitations  of Code Section
         415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an
         "annual  addition".   In  addition,  the  following  are  not  Employee
         contributions  for the purposes of Section  4.4(f)(1)(2):  (1) rollover
         contributions  (as  defined  in  Code  Sections  402(a)(5),  403(a)(4),
         403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant
         from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions  received by an Employee
         pursuant to Code Section  411(a)(7)(B)  (cash-outs);  (4) repayments of
         distributions   received  by  an  Employee  pursuant  to  Code  Section
         411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions);  and (5) Employee contributions
         to a simplified  employee  pension  excludable  from gross income under
         Code Section 408(k)(6).

                  (f) For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be
         defined as follows:

                  (1) Annual Additions means the sum credited to a Participant's
                  accounts   for   any   Limitation   Year   of   (1)   Employer
                  contributions,  (2)  effective  with  respect  to  "limitation
                  years"   beginning   after   December   31,   1986,   Employee
                  contributions,  (3) forfeitures,  (4) amounts allocated, after
                  March 31, 1984, to an individual  medical account,  as defined
                  in Code  Section  415(l)(2),  which  is part of a  pension  or
                  annuity  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  and  (5)  amounts
                  derived from  contributions paid or accrued after December 31,
                  1985,  in taxable  years  ending  after  such date,  which are
                  attributable to post-retirement  medical benefits allocated to


                                       36
<PAGE>

                  the  separate  account of a key  employee  (as defined in Code
                  Section  419A(d)(3))  under a welfare benefit fund (as defined
                  in Code Section  419(e))  maintained by the Employer.  Except,
                  however, the "415 Compensation" percentage limitation referred
                  to in  paragraph  (a)(2)  above  shall not  apply to:  (1).any
                  contribution  for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code
                  Section  419A(f)(2))  after  separation  from service which is
                  otherwise treated as an "annual  addition",  or (2) any amount
                  otherwise  treated as an "annual  addition" under Code Section
                  415(l)(1).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for  "limitation
                  years"  beginning  prior to January 1, 1987, only that portion
                  of  Employee  contributions  equal to the  lesser of  Employee
                  contributions   in  excess  of  six   percent   (6%)  of  "415
                  Compensation" or one-half of Employee  contributions  shall be
                  considered an "annual addition".

                  For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections and
                  4.4(b)(6)   in  the   Limitation   Year  to  reduce   Employer
                  contributions  shall be considered  Annual  Additions for such
                  Limitation Year.

                           (2) Compensation means a Participant's earned income,
                  wages,  salaries,  fees for  professional  services  and other
                  amounts received for personal  services  actually  rendered in
                  the course of  employment  with the Employer  maintaining  the
                  Plan  (including,   but  not  limited  to,   commissions  paid
                  salesmen,   compensation  for  services  on  the  basis  of  a
                  percentage  of profits,  commissions  on  insurance  premiums,
                  tips, and bonuses) and excluding the following:

                           (i)  Employer  contributions  to a plan  of  deferred
                  compensation  which are not includible in the Employee's gross
                  income for the taxable year in which contributed,  or Employer
                  contributions  under a simplified employee pension plan to the
                  extent such  contributions  are excludable from the Employee's
                  gross income, or any a plan of deferred compensation;

                           (ii)  contributions made by the Employer to a plan of
                  deferred  compensation  to the extent that all or a portion of
                  such contributions are recharacterized as a voluntary Employee
                  contribution;

                           (iii)  amounts   realized  from  the  exercise  of  a
                  non-qualified  stock  option,  or when  restricted  stock  (or
                  property) held by an Employee  becomes freely  transferable or
                  is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                           (iv)  amounts  realized  from the sale,  exchange  or
                  other  disposition of stock  acquired under a qualified  stock
                  option; and

                           (v)  other   amounts  which   received   special  tax
                  benefits, or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not
                  under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an

                                       37
<PAGE>


                  annuity contract  described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or
                  not the  contributions are excludable from the gross income of
                  the Employee).

                  For purposes of applying the  limitations of this Section 4.4,
                  Compensation  for  any  Limitation  Year  is the  Compensation
                  actually  paid or includible in gross income during such year.
                  Notwithstanding  the preceding  sentence,  Compensation  for a
                  Participant in a  profit-sharing  plan who is permanently  and
                  totally disabled (as defined in Code Section  22(e)(3)) is the
                  Compensation  such  Participant  would have  received  for the
                  Limitation  Year if the  Participant had been paid at the rate
                  of Compensation paid immediately  before becoming  permanently
                  and  totally  disabled;  such  imputed  Compensation  for  the
                  disabled  Participant  may be taken into  account  only if the
                  Participant   is  not  a  Highly   Compensated   Employee  and
                  contributions   made  on  behalf  of  such   Participant   are
                  nonforfeitable when made.

                           (3) Defined  Benefit  Fraction means a fraction,  the
                  numerator of which is the sum of the  Participant's  Projected
                  Annual  Benefits under all the defined  benefit plans (whether
                  or  not  terminated)  maintained  by  the  Employer,  and  the
                  denominator  of  which is the  lesser  of 125  percent  of the
                  dollar  limitation  determined for the  Limitation  Year under
                  Code  Sections  415(b) and (d) or 140  percent of his  Highest
                  Average  Compensation  including  any  adjustments  under Code
                  Section 415(b).  Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant
                  was a Participant as of the first day of the first  Limitation
                  Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined
                  benefit  plans  maintained  by  the  Employer  which  were  in
                  existence on may 6, 1986,  the  denominator  of this  fraction
                  will not be less  than 125  percent  of the sum of the  annual
                  benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as
                  of the end of the close of the last  Limitation Year beginning
                  before January 1, 1987,  disregarding any changes in the terms
                  and  conditions  of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding
                  sentence   applies   only  if  the   defined   benefit   plans
                  individually  and in the aggregate  satisfied the requirements
                  of Code Section 415 for all Limitation  Years beginning before
                  January 1, 1987.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan
                  Year.  100  shall be  substituted  for 125  unless  the  extra
                  minimum  allocation is being made  pursuant to the  Employer's
                  election in F1 of the  Adoption  Agreement.  However,  for any
                  Plan Year in which  this Plan is a Super Top Heavy  Plan,  100
                  shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

                           (4)  Defined  Contribution  Dollar  Limitation  means
                  $30,000,  or, if greater,  one-fourth  of the defined  benefit
                  dollar  limitation  set forth in Code Section  415(b)(1) as in
                  effect for the Limitation Year.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                           (5) Defined  Contribution  Fraction means a fraction,
                  the  numerator of which is the sum of the Annual  Additions to
                  the Participant's  account under all the defined  contribution
                  plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained by the Employer
                  for the current and all prior Limitation Years, (including the
                  Annual   Additions    attributable   to   the    Participant's
                  nondeductible  voluntary employee contributions to any defined
                  benefit plans,  whether or not  terminated,  maintained by the
                  Employer and the annual additions  attributable to all welfare
                  benefit  funds,  as  defined  in  Code  Section  419(e),   and
                  individual  medical  accounts,  as  defined  in  Code  Section
                  415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
                  which  is the sum of the  maximum  aggregate  amounts  for the
                  current  and all prior  Limitation  Years of Service  with the
                  Employer  (regardless of whether a defined  contribution  plan
                  was maintained by the Employer).  The maximum aggregate amount
                  in any  Limitation  Year is the  lesser of 125  percent of the
                  Defined  Contribution  Dollar  Limitation or 35 percent of the
                  Participant's Compensation for such year. For Limitation Years
                  beginning  prior to  January 1, 1987,  the  "annual  addition"
                  shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as
                  an Annual  Addition.  If the Employee was a Participant  as of
                  the  end  of  the  first  day of  the  first  Limitation  Year
                  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  in one or more defined
                  contribution  plans  maintained by the Employer  which were in
                  existence on May 5, 1986,  the numerator of this fraction will
                  be  adjusted  if the sum of  this  fraction  and  the  Defined
                  Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of
                  this  Plan.  Under  the  adjustment,  an  amount  equal to the
                  product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0
                  times  (2)  the   denominator  of  this   fraction,   will  be
                  permanently  subtracted  from the numerator of this  fraction.
                  The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would
                  be  computed  as of  the  end  of  the  last  Limitation  Year
                  beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes
                  in the terms  and  conditions  of the plan  made  after May 5,
                  1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation  applicable to
                  the first  Limitation  Year  beginning on or after  January 1,
                  1987.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan
                  Year,  100  shall be  substituted  for 125  unless  the  extra
                  minimum  allocation is being made  pursuant to the  Employer's
                  election in F1 of the  Adoption  Agreement.  However,  for any
                  Plan Year in which  this Plan is a Super Top Heavy  Plan,  100
                  shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

                           (6) Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan
                  and all Affiliated Employers, except that for purposes of this
                  Section,  Affiliated Employers shall be determined pursuant to
                  the modification made by Code Section 415(h).

                                       39
<PAGE>

                           (7)   Excess   Amount   means   the   excess  of  the
                  Participation's  Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over
                  the maximum Permissible Amount.

                           (8) Highest  Average  Compensation  means the average
                  Compensation for the three  consecutive  Years of Service with
                  the  Employer  that  produces the highest  average.  A Year of
                  Service with the Employer is the 12  consecutive  month period
                  defined in Section El of the Adoption  Agreement which is used
                  to determine Compensation under the Plan.

                           (9) Limitation Year means the Compensation Year (a 12
                  consecutive  month  period) as elected by the  Employer in the
                  Adoption  Agreement.  All  qualified  plans  maintained by the
                  Employer must use the same Limitation  Year. If the Limitation
                  Year is amended to a different 12  consecutive  month  period,
                  the new  Limitation  Year  must  begin  on a date  within  the
                  Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

                           (10)  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  means the maximum
                  Annual  Addition  that may be  contributed  or  allocated to a
                  Participant's  account under the plan for any Limitation Year,
                  which shall not exceed the lesser of:

                                    (i)   the  Defined  Contribution  Dollar
                            Limitation, or

                                    (ii)  25   percent   of  the   Participant's
                           Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                           The Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall
                           not apply to any  contribution  for medical  benefits
                           (within  the  meaning  of  Code  Sections  401(h)  or
                           419A(f)(2))  which is otherwise  treated as an annual
                           addition under Code Sections 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

                  If a short  Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
                  changing the  Limitation  Year to a different  12  consecutive
                  month period,  the Maximum  Permissible Amount will not exceed
                  the Defined Contribution Dollar Contribution multiplied by the
                  following fraction:

                            number of months in the short Limitation Year
                            ---------------------------------------------
                                                12

                           (11)  Projected   Annual  Benefit  means  the  annual
                  retirement  benefit  (adjusted  to an  actuarially  equivalent
                  straight  life  annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form
                  other than a straight  life  annuity  or  qualified  Joint and
                  Survivor  Annuity) to which the Participant  would be entitled
                  under the terms of the plan assuming:

                                       40
<PAGE>

                         (i) the  Participant  will  continue  employment  until
                    Normal Retirement Age (or current age, if later), and

                         (ii) the  Participant's  Compensation  for the  current
                    Limitation  Year  and all  other  relevant  factors  used to
                    determine  benefits under the Plan will remain  constant for
                    all future Limitation Years.

                  (g) Regional Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which has
         been the subject of a favorable  notification  letter from the Internal
         Revenue Service.

                  (h) Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Section to the
         contrary,   the   limitations,   adjustments  and  other   requirements
         prescribed  in  this  Section  shall  at  all  times  comply  with  the
         provisions  of Code  Section 415 and the  Regulations  thereunder,  the
         terms of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

4.9      ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

                  (a)  If as a  result  of  the  allocation  of  Forfeitures,  a
         reasonable  error in estimating a  Participant's  annual. Compensation,
         or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-(b)(6) shall
         be applicable,  the "annual  additions' under this Plan would cause the
         maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall
         treat the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

4.11     TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

                  (a) If  specified  in the  Adoption  Agreement  and  with  the
         consent of the  Administrator,  amounts may be  transferred  from other
         qualified  plans,  provided  that the trust  from  which such funds are
         transferred  permits the transfer to be made and the transfer  will not
         jeopardize  the tax  exempt  status of the Plan or create  adverse  tax
         consequences for the Employer.  The amounts transferred shall be set up
         in a separate account herein referred to as a  "Participant's  Rollover
         Account". Such account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not
         be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

                  (b) Amounts in a Participant's  Rollover Account shall be held
         by the Trustee  pursuant to the  provisions of this Plan and may not be
         withdrawn by, or distributed to the  Participant,  in whole or in part,
         except as provided in Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section.

                  (c) Amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined
         in Regulation 1.401(k)-l(g)(4)),  including amounts treated as elective
         contributions,  which are transferred from another  qualified plan in a
         plan-to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution  limitations
         provided for in Regulation 1.401(k)-l(d).

                  (d) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  benefits,
         the fair market value of the  Participant's  Rollover  Account shall be

                                       41
<PAGE>

         used  to  provide  additional   benefits  to  the  Participant  or  his
         Beneficiary.  Any  distributions  of  amounts  held in a  Participant's
         Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
         satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to,
         all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417
         and the  Regulations  thereunder.  Furthermore,  such amounts  shall be
         considered as part of a Participant's benefit in determining whether an
         involuntary  cash-out of benefits  without  Participant  consent may be
         made.

                  (e) The Administrator may direct that employee  transfers made
         after a valuation date be segregated  into a separate  account for each
         Participant  until such time as the  allocations  pursuant to this Plan
         have  been  made,  at which  time  they may  remain  segregated  or be.
         invested as part of the general  Trust Fund,  to. be  determined by the
         Administrator.
                  (f) For purposes of this Section,  the term  "qualified  plan"
         shall mean any tax qualified plan under Code Section  401(a).  The term
         "amounts  transferred  from other  qualified  plans"  shall  mean:  (i)
         amounts  transferred to this Plan directly from another qualified plan;
         (ii)  lump-sum  distributions  received  by an  Employee  from  another
         qualified  plan which are eligible for tax free rollover to a qualified
         plan and which are  transferred  by the  Employee  to this Plan  within
         sixty  (60)  days   following  his  receipt   thereof;   (iii)  amounts
         transferred to this Plan from a conduit  individual  retirement account
         provided that the conduit  individual  retirement account has no assets
         other than assets which (A) were previously distributed to the Employee
         by another qualified plan as a lump-sum  distribution (B) were eligible
         for  tax-free  rollover to a qualified  plan and (C) were  deposited in
         such conduit  individual  retirement  account within sixty (60) days of
         receipt  thereof  and other  than  earnings  on said  assets;  and (iv)
         amounts distribute to the Employee from a conduit individual retirement
         account meeting the  requirements of clause (iii) above, an transferred
         by the  Employee  to this Plan  within  sixty (60) days of his  receipt
         hereof from such conduit individual retirement account.

                  (g) Prior to  accepting  any  transfers  to which this Section
         applies,  the  Administrator may require the Employee to establish that
         the amounts to be  transferred  to this Plan meet the  requirements  of
         this Section and may also require the Employee to provide an opinion of
         counsel satisfactory to the Employer that the amounts to be transferred
         meet the requirements of this Section.

                  (h)  Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  a
         transfer  directly  to this Plan  from.  another  qualified  plan (or a
         transaction  having  the  effect  of  such a  transfer)  shall  only be
         permitted if it will not result in the  elimination or reduction of any
         "Section 411 (d) (6) protected benefit" as described in Section 8.1.

4.12     VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS


                                       42
<PAGE>

                  (a) If this is an  amendment  to a Plan  that  had  previously
         allowed voluntary Employee  contributions,  then, except as provided in
         4.7(b)   below,   this  Plan  will  not   accept   voluntary   Employee
         contributions for Plan Year beginning after the Plan Year in which this
         Plan is adopted by the Employer.

                  (b) For 401(k)  Plans,  if elected in the Adoption  Agreement,
         each  Participant  may, at the  discretion  of the  Administrator  in a
         nondiscriminatory  manner, elect to voluntarily contribute a portion of
         his  compensation  earned  while a  Participant  under this Plan.  Such
         contribution shall be paid to the Trustee within a reasonable period of
         time  but in no event  later  than 90 days  after  the  receipt  of the
         contribution.

                  (c) The balance in each Participant's  Voluntary  Contribution
         Account  shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to
         Forfeiture for any reason.

                  (d)  A  Participant   may  elect  to  withdraw  his  voluntary
         contributions  from his Voluntary  Contribution  Account and the actual
         earnings thereon in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the
         provisions  of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice
         and consent  requirements  of Code Sections  411(a)(11) and 417 and the
         Regulations  thereunder.  If the Administrator  maintains  sub-accounts
         with respect to voluntary  contributions  (and earnings  thereon) which
         were  made on or  before  a  specified  date,  a  Participant  shall be
         permitted to designate  which  sub-account  shall be the source for his
         withdrawal.  No  Forfeitures  shall  occur  solely  as a  result  of an
         Employee's withdrawal of Employee contributions.

                  In the event  such a  withdrawal  is made,  or  in the event a
         Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation
         1.  401 (k) 1 (d) (2)  (iii)  (B)  from,  any  plan  maintained  by the
         Employer,  then  such  Participant  shall be  barred  from  making  any
         voluntary  contributions  f or a period of  twelve  (12)  months  after
         receipt of the withdrawal or distribution.

                  (e) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to  receive benefits,
         the fair market value of the  Voluntary  Contribution  Account shall be
         used  to  provide  additional   benefits  to  the  Participant  or  his
         Beneficiary.

                  (f) The Administrator may direct that voluntary  contributions
         made after a valuation date be segregated into a separate account until
         such time as the  allocations  pursuant to this Plan have been made, at
         which time they may remain  segregated  or be  invested  as part of the
         general Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

4.14     DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

                                       43
<PAGE>

                  (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may
         direct the Trustee as to the  investment of all or a portion of any one
         or more of their individual  account balances.  Participants may direct
         the Trustee in writing to invest  their  account in specific  assets as
         permitted  by  the  Administrator  provided  such  investments  are  in
         accordance  with the Department of Labor  regulations and are permitted
         by the  Plan.  That  portion  of the  account  of  any  Participant  so
         directing will thereupon be considered a Directed Investment Account. .

                  (b)  A  separate   Directed   Investment   Account   shall  be
         established  for  each  Participant  who has  directed  an  investment.
         Transfers between the Participant's  regular account and their Directed
         Investment  Account shall be charged and credited as the case may be to
         each account.  The Directed Investment Account shall not share in Trust
         Fund Earnings,  but it shall be charged or credited as appropriate with
         the  net  earnings,   gains,   losses  and  expenses  as  well  as  any
         appreciation  or  depreciation  in market  value  during each Plan Year
         attributable to such account.

                  (c) The  Administrator  shall  establish  a  procedure,  to be
         applied in a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner,  setting forth the
         permissible  investment  options under this Section,  how often changes
         between  investments  may be made, and any other  limitations  that the
         Administrator   shall  impose  on  a  Participant's   right  to  direct
         investments.

4.16     QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

                  (a)  If  this  is  an  amendment  to a  Plan  that  previously
         permitted deductible voluntary contributions, then each Participant who
         made a "Qualified  Voluntary Employee  Contribution" within the meaning
         of Code Section 219 (e) (2) as it existed prior to the enactment of the
         Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have his contribution  held in a separate
         Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution Account which shall be fully
         Vested  at  all  times.  Such  contributions,  however,  shall  not  be
         permitted if they are  attributable to taxable  years  beginning  after
         December 31, 1986.

                  (b) A Participant  may, upon written request  delivered to the
         Administrator,  make withdrawals from his Qualified  Voluntary Employee
         Contribution  Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which
         is  consistent  with and  satisfies  the  Provisions  of  Section  6.5,
         including,  but not limited to, all notice and consent  requirements of
         Code Sections 411 (a) (11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

                  (c) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  benefits,
         the fair market value of the Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution
         Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant
         or his Beneficiary.

                                       44
<PAGE>

                  (d)  Unless  the  Administrator  directs  Qualified  Voluntary
         Employee Contributions made pursuant to this Section be segregated into
         a separate account for each Participant, they shall be invested as part
         of the general Trust Fund and share in earnings and losses.

4.18     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENT AGE TESTS

               In the event  this Plan  previously  provided  for  voluntary  or
mandatory  Employee  contributions,  then,  with respect to Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1986, such  contributions must satisfy the provisions of Code
Section 401(m) and the Regulations thereunder.

4.20     INTEGRATE ION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

               If the Employer and/or an Affiliated  Employer maintain qualified
retirement  plans  integrated  with Social Security such that any Participant in
this Plan is covered under more than one of such plans,  then such plans will be
considered  to be one plan and will be considered to be integrated if the extent
of the  integration of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposes of tile
preceding sentence,  the extent of integration of a plan is the ratio, expressed
as a  percentage,  which the actual  benefits,  benefit  rate,  offset rate,  or
employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable,  under the Plan bears to the
limitation  applicable  to such Plan.  If. the  Employer  maintains  two or more
standardized paired plans, only one plan may be integrated with Social Security.

                                   ARTICLE V.
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1      VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

               The   Administrator   shall  direct  the  Trustee,   as  of  each
Anniversary  Date,  and at such  other  date or dates  deemed  necessary  by the
Administrator, herein called "valuation date", to determine the net worth of the
assets  comprising  the Trust  Fund as it exists on the  "evaluation  date".  In
determining  such net worth,  the Trustee shall value the assets  comprising the
Trust  Fund at their  fair  market  value as of the  "valuation  date" and shall
deduct all  expenses  for which the Trustee has not yet  obtained  reimbursement
from the Employer or the Trust Fund.

5.3      METHOD OF VALUATION

               In  determining  the fair market value of securities  held in the
Trust Fund which are listed on a registered  stock exchange,  the  Administrator
shall  direct the  Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded
on such exchange  preceding the close of business on the  "valuation  date".  If
such securities  were not traded on the "valuation  date", or if the exchange on
which they are traded was not open for business on the  "valuation  date",  then
the  securities  shall be valued at the  prices at which  they were last  traded


                                       45
<PAGE>

prior to the  "evaluation  date".  Any unlisted  security held in the Trust Fund
shall be valued at its bid price next  preceding  the close of  business  on the
"valuation date",  which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or
an investment  banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than
securities  for which  trading or bid prices can be  obtained,  the  Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that  purpose  and  rely on the  values  established  by such  appraiser  or
appraisers.

                                   ARTICLE VI.
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

         Every  Participant  may terminate his employment  with the Employer and
retire for the purposes  hereof on or after his Normal  Retirement Date or Early
Retirement Date. Upon such Normal  Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, all
amounts   credited  to  such   Participant's   Combined   Account  shall  become
distributable. However,  a  Participant  may postpone the  termination  of his
employment  with the Employer to a later date, in which event the  participation
of such  Participant  in the Plan,  including  the right to receive  allocations
pursuant to Section 4.3, shall continue until his Late  Retirement  Date. Upon a
Participant's  Retirement  Date, or as soon  thereafter as is  practicable,  the
Administrator  shall  direct the  distribution  of all amounts  credited to such
Participant's Combined Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.3      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

                  (a) Upon the death of a Participant before his Retirement Date
         or other  termination of his employment,  all amounts  credited to such
         Participant's   Combined   Account  shall  become  fully  Vested.   The
         Administrator  shall  direct,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
         Sections 6.6 and 6-7, the  distribution  of the deceased  Participant's
         accounts to the Participant's Beneficiary.

                  (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant,  the Administrator
         shall  direct,  in accordance  with the  provisions of Sections 6.6 and
         6.7, the distribution of an remaining  amounts credited to the accounts
         of  such  deceased  Former  Participant  to such  Former  Participant's
         Beneficiary.

                  (c) The  Administrator  may require such proper proof of death
         and such evidence of the right of any person to receive  payment of the
         value of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as
         the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination
         of death and of the right of any  person to  receive  payment  shall be
         conclusive.

                  (d)  Unless  otherwise  elected in the  manner  prescribed  in
         Section 6.6, the  Beneficiary of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity


                                       46
<PAGE>

         shall be the Participant's spouse. Except, however, the Participant may
         designate a  Beneficiary  other than his spouse for the  Pre-Retirement
         Survivor Annuity if:

                  (1) the  Participant  and his spouse have  validly  waived the
                  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity in the manner  prescribed in
                  Section  6.6,  and the spouse has waive his or her right to be
                  the Participant's Beneficiary, or

                  (2) the Participant is legally  separated or has bee abandoned
                  (within  the meaning of local law) and the  Participant  has a
                  court  order  to  such  effect  (and  there  is no  "qualified
                  domestic  relations  order" as define in Code  Section  414(p)
                  which provides otherwise), or

                  (3)      the Participant has no spouse, or

                  (4)      the spouse cannot be located.

                           In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall
         be made on a form satisfactory to the Administrator.  A Participant may
         at any time  revoke  his  designation  of a  Beneficiary  or change his
         Beneficiary by filing written notice of such  revocation or change with
         the Administrator. However, the Participant's spouse must again consent
         in writing to any change in  Beneficiary  unless the  original  consent
         acknowledged  that the spouse had the right to limit  consent only to a
         Specific  Beneficiary  and  that  the  spouse  voluntarily  elected  to
         relinquish such right.  The Participant  may, at any time,  designate a
         Beneficiary  for  death  benefits  payable  under  the Plan that are in
         excess of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity.  in the event no valid
         designation  of  Beneficiary  exists  at the time of the  Participant's
         death, the death benefit shall be payable to his estate.

                  (e) If the  Plan  provides  an  insured  death  benefit  and a
         Participant dies before any insurance  coverage to which he is entitled
         under the Plan is  effected,  his  death  benefit  from such  insurance
         coverage  shall be limited to the standard  rated  premium which was or
         should have been used for such purpose.

                  (f) In the  event of any  conflict  between  the terms of this
         Plan  and  the  terms  of  any  Contract  issued  hereunder,  the  Plan
         provisions shall control.

6.5      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

                  In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability
prior to his Retirement Date or other termination of his employment, all amounts
credited to such  Participant's  Combined Account shall become fully Vested.  In
the event of a participant's Total and Permanent Disability,  the Administrator,
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Sections 6.5 and 6.7,  shall direct the
distribution to such Participant of all amounts  credited to such  Participant's
Combined Account as though he had retired.


                                       47
<PAGE>

6.7      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

                  (a) On or before  the  Anniversary  Date,  or other  valuation
         date,   coinciding   with  or  subsequent  to  the   termination  of  a
         Participant's  employment for any reason other than retirement,  death,
         or Total and Permanent  Disability,  the  Administrator may direct that
         the  amount of the  Vested  portion  of such  Terminated  Participant's
         Combine Account be segregated and invested separately.  In the even the
         Vested portion of a Participant's  Combined  Account is not segregated,
         the  amount  shall  remain in a  separate  account  for the  Terminated
         Participant and share in allocations pursuant to Section 4.3 until such
         time as distribution is made to the Terminated Participant.  The amount
         of the  portion  of the  Participant's  Combined  Account  which is not
         Vested may be credited to a separate account which will always share in
         gains  and  losses of the  Trust  Fund) and at such time as the  amount
         becomes a Forfeiture shall be treated in accordance with the provisions
         of the Plan regarding Forfeitures.

                  Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted,  in
         the event  that the  amount of the  Vested  Portion  of the  Terminated
         Participant's  Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market value
         of any  insurance  contracts,  the  Trustee,  when so  directed  by the
         Administrator  and  agreed  to by  the  Terminated  Participant,  shall
         assign,  transfer,  and set  over to such  Terminated  Participant  all
         Contracts on his life in such form or with such  endorsements,  so that
         the  settlement  options and forms of payment are  consistent  with the
         provisions   of  Section   6.5.  In  the  event  that  the   Terminated
         Participant's  Vested  portion  does not at least equal the fair market
         value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay over
         to the  Trustee  the sum needed to make the  distribution  equal to the
         value of the Contracts being assigned or  transferred,  or the Trustee,
         pursuant to the Participant's  election,  may borrow the -cash value of
         the  Contracts  from the Insurer so that the value of the  Contracts is
         equal to the Vested  portion of the Terminated  Participant's  Combined
         Account and then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

                  Distribution  of the  funds  due to a  Terminated  Participant
         shall be made on the  occurrence  of an event which would result in the
         distribution had the Terminated  Participant  remained in the employ of
         the  Employer  (upon  the  Participant's  death,  Total  and  Permanent
         Disability,  Early or Normal  Retirement).  However, at the election of
         the Participant,  the Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested
         portion of the Terminated  Participant's Combined Account to be payable
         to such Terminated  Participant  provided the  conditions,  if any, set
         forth in the Adoption  Agreement have been satisfied.  Any distribution
         under- this  paragraph  shall be made in a manner  which is  consistent
         with and  satisfies the  provisions  of Section 6.5,  including but not
         limited  to, all  notice  and  consent  requirements  of Code  Sections
         411(a).(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

                  Notwithstanding   the  above,   if  the  value  of  Terminated
         Participant's  Vested  benefit   derived  from  Employer  and  Employee
         contributions   does  not  exceed,   and  at  the  time  of  any  prior


                                       48
<PAGE>

         distribution, has never exceeded $3,500, the Administrator shall direct
         that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such  Participant in a single
         lump-sum  without  regard  to the  consent  of the  Participant  or the
         Participant's  spouse. A Participant's Vested benefit shall not include
         Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contributions  within the meaning of Code
         Section 72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

                  (b) The Vested portion of any Participant's Account shall be a
         percentage of such Participant's Account determined on the basis of the
         Participant's  number  of Years of  Service  according  to the  vesting
         schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                  (c) For any Top Heavy Plan Year,  one of the minimum top heavy
         vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption  Agreement
         will  automatically  apply to the Plan.  The minimum top heavy  vesting
         schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411
         (a) (7) except those attributable to Employee contributions,  including
         benefits  accrued  before the  effective  date of Code  Section 416 and
         benefits accrued before the Plan became top heavy. Further, no decrease
         in a Participant's  Vested percentage may occur in the event the Plan's
         status as top heavy  changes for any Plan Year.  However,  this Section
         does not apply to the  account  balances of any  Employee  who does not
         have an Hour of Service after the Plan has  initially  become top heavy
         and the vested  percentage  of such  Employee's  Participant's  Account
         shall be determined without regard to this Section 6.4(c).

                  If in any  subsequent  Plan Year,  the Plan ceases to be a Top
         Heavy  Plan,  the  Administrator  shall  continue  to use  the  vesting
         schedule  in  effect  while  the  Plan  was a Top  Heavy  Plan for each
         Employee  who had an Hour of  Service  during a Plan Year when the Plan
         was Top Heavy.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  the  vesting  schedule  above,  upon the
         complete discontinuance of the Employer's  contributions to the Plan or
         upon any full or partial  termination of the Plan, all amounts credited
         to the account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and
         shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

                  (e)  I  this   is  an   amended   or   restated   Plan,   then
         notwithstanding   the  vesting  schedule   specified  in  the  Adoption
         Agreement,  the Vested percentage of a Participant's  Account shall not
         be less  than the  Vested  percentage  attained  as of the later of the
         effective date or adoption date of this amendment and restatement.  The
         computation  of  a  Participant's   nonforfeitable  percentage  of  his
         interest  in the Plan  shall not be reduced as the result of any direct
         or indirect amendment to this Article,  or due to changes in the Plan's
         status as a Top Heavy Plan.

                  (f) If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended,  or if the Plan
         is  amended  in  any  way  that  directly  or  indirectly  affects  the
         computation of the Participant's  nonforfeitable'  percentage or if the

                                       49
<PAGE>

         Plan is deemed  amended by an automatic  change to a top heavy  vesting
         schedule,  then each Participant with at least 3 Years of Service as of
         the  expiration  date  of the  election  period  may  elect  to have hi
         nonforfeitable  percentage  computed  under the Plan without  regard to
         such amendment or change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years
         beginning before January l, 1989, or with respect to Employees who fail
         to complete  at least one (1) Hour of Service in a Plan Year  beginning
         after December 31, 1988, five (5) shall be substituted for three (3) in
         the  preceding  sentence If a Participant  fail to make such  election,
         then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The
         Participant's  election  period shall  commence on the adoption date of
         the amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of:

                  (1)      the adoption date of the amendment,

                  (2)      the effective date of the amendment, or

                  (3) the date the  Participant  receives  written notice of the
amendment from the Employer or Administrator.

                  (g) (1) If any Former  Participant  shall be reemployed by the
                  Employer  before a 1-Year  Break in Service  occurs,  he shall
                  continue to  participate  in the Plan in the same manner as if
                  such termination had not occurred.

                  (2) If any  Former  Participant  shall  be  reemployed  by the
                  Employer before five (5) consecutive I-Year Breaks in Service,
                  and such Former Participant had received a distribution of his
                  entire  Vested  interest  prior  to  his   reemployment,   his
                  forfeited  account shall be  reinstated  only if he repays the
                  full amount  distributed to him before the earlier of five (5)
                  years  after  the  first  date on  which  the  Participant  is
                  subsequently  reemployed  by the  Employer or the close of the
                  first  period  of  5  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks  in  Service
                  commencing after the  distribution.  If a distribution  occurs
                  for any reason other than a separation from service,  the time
                  for  repayment  may not end earlier  than five (5) years after
                  the date of  separation.  In the event the Former  Participant
                  does  repay  the  full   amount   distributed   to  him,   the
                  undistributed  portion of the  Participant's  Account  must be
                  restored in full,  unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring
                  subsequent to the  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation  date
                  preceding  his   termination.   If  an  employee   receives  a
                  distribution pursuant to this section and the employee resumes
                  employment'  covered under this plan, the employee's  employer
                  derived  account balance will be restored to the amount on the
                  date of  distribution  if the employee  repays to the plan the
                  full  amount  of the  distribution  attributable  to  employer
                  contributions  before the  earlier of 5 years  after the first
                  date on which the Participant is  subsequently  re-employed by
                  the employer, or the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive
                  1-year   breaks  in   service   following   the  date  of  the
                  distribution. If a non-Vested Former Participant was deemed to


                                       50
<PAGE>

                  have received a  distribution  and such Former  Participant is
                  reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive  1-Year
                  Breaks in  Service,  then such  Participant  will be deemed to
                  have  repaid  the  deemed  distribution  as  of  the  date  of
                  reemployment.

                  (3) If any Former  Participant  is  reemployed  after a 1-Year
                  Break in Service has occurred,  Years of Service shall include
                  Years of Service prior to his 1-Year Break in Service  subject
                  to the following rules:

                           (i) Any  Former  Participant  who under the Plan does
                           not have a  nonforfeitable  right to any  interest in
                           the Plan resulting from Employer  contributions shall
                           lose  credits  if his  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks in
                           Service  equal or exceed the  greater of (A) five (5)
                           or (B) the aggregate number of his pre-break Years of
                           Service;

                           (ii)  After  five (5)  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks in
                           Service,  a  Former   Participant's   Vested  Account
                           balance  attributable to pre-break  service shall not
                           be increased as a result of post-break service;

                           (iii) A Former  Participant who is reemployed and who
                           has not had his  Years  of  Service  before  a I-Year
                           Break in Service  disregarded  pursuant to (i) above,
                           shall  participate  in the  Plan  as of his  date  of
                           reemployment;

                           (iv)  If a  Former  Participant  completes  a Year of
                           Service  (a  1-Year   Break  in  Service   previously
                           occurred,  but  employment  had not  terminated),  he
                           shall participate in the Plan  retroactively from the
                           first day of the Plan Year during  which he completes
                           one (1) Year of Service.

                  (h) In  determining  Years of Service for  purposes of vesting
         under the Plan,  Years of Service shall be excluded as specified in the
         Adoption Agreement.

6.9      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

                  (a)  (1)  Unless  otherwise   elected  as  provided  below,  a
         Participant who is married on the "annuity  starting date" and who does
         not die before the "annuity  starting  date" shall receive the value of
         all of his  benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor  Annuity.  The
         Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and
         shall equal in value to a single life annuity.  Such joint and survivor
         benefits following the Participant's death shall continue to the spouse
         during  the  spouse's  lifetime  at a rate  equal to 50% of the rate at
         which such  benefits  were payable to the  Participant.  This Joint and
         Survivor Annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint and


                                       51
<PAGE>

         Survivor Annuity and automatic form of payment for the purposes of this
         Plan.  However,  the Participant may elect to receive a smaller annuity
         benefit  with  continuation  of  payments  to the  spouse  at a rate of
         seventy-five  percent (75%) or one hundred  percent  (100%) of the rate
         payable to a Participant  during his lifetime which  alternative  Joint
         and Survivor Annuity shall be equal in value to the automatic Joint and
         50% Survivor Annuity. An unmarried  Participant shall receive the value
         of  his  benefit  in  the  form  of  a  life  annuity  Such   unmarried
         Participant,  however,  may elect in writing to waive the life annuity.
         The election  must comply with the  provisions of this Section as if it
         were an election to waive the Joint and  Survivor  Annuity by a married
         Participant,   but  without  the  spousal  consent   requirement.   The
         Participant may elect to have any annuity  provided for in this Section
         distributed upon the attainment of the "earliest  retirement age" under
         the Plan. The "earliest  retirement age" is the earliest date on which,
         under the Plan,  the  Participant  could  elect to  receive  retirement
         benefits.

                  (2) Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor  Annuity must
                  be made by the  Participant  in writing  during  the  election
                  period and be consented to by the participant's spouse. If the
                  spouse is legally  incompetent  to give consent,  the spouse's
                  legal guardian, even if such guardian is the Participant,  may
                  give consent.  Such election shall designate a Beneficiary (or
                  a form of benefits)  that may not be changed  without  spousal
                  consent  (unless the consent of the spouse  expressly  permits
                  designations  by the  Participant  without the  requirement of
                  further consent by the spouse). Such spouse's consent shall be
                  irrevocable  and must  acknowledge the effect of such election
                  and be witnessed by a Plan  representative or a notary public.
                  Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the
                  satisfaction of the  Administrator  that the required  consent
                  cannot be obtained because.  If there is no spouse, the spouse
                  cannot  be  located,   or  other  circumstances  that  may  be
                  prescribed   by   Regulations.   The  election   made  by  the
                  Participant  and  consented to by his spouse may be revoked by
                  the  Participant in writing  without the consent of the spouse
                  at  any  time  during  the  election  period.  The  number  of
                  revocations  shall  not be  limited.  Any new  election  ,must
                  comply  with  the  requirements  of this  paragraph.  A former
                  spouse's waiver shall not be binding on a new spouse.

                  (3) The  election  period  to waive  the  Joint  and  Survivor
                  Annuity  shall be the 90 day  period  ending  on the  "annuity
                  starting date."

                  (4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, the "annuity
                  starting  date"  means the first day of the first  period  for
                  which  an  amount  is paid  as an  annuity,  in the  case of a
                  benefit not  payable in the form of an annuity,  the first day
                  on  which  all  events  have  occurred   which   entitles  the
                  Participant to such benefit.

                                       52
<PAGE>

                  (5) With  regard  to the  election,  the  Administrator  shall
                  provide  to the  Participant  no less than 30 days and no more
                  than 90 days  before  the  "annuity  starting  date" a written
                  explanation of:

                           (i)      the terms and  conditions of 'the Joint and
                           Survivor Annuity, and

                           (ii) the  Participant's  right to make and the effect
                           of an  election  to  waive  the  Joint  and  Survivor
                           Annuity, and

                           (iii)  the  right  of  the  Participant's  spouse  to
                           consent  to any  election  to  waive  the  Joint  and
                           Survivor Annuity, and

                           (iv) the  right of the  Participant  to  revoke  such
                           election, and the effect of such revocation.

                  (b) In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to
         paragraph  (a) (2) above not to  receive  his  benefit in the form of a
         Joint and Survivor Annuity,  or if such Participant is not married,  in
         the form of a life annuity, the Administrator, pursuant to the election
         of the  Participant,  shall direct the distribution to a Participant or
         his  Beneficiary  any amount to which he is entitled  under the Plan in
         one or more of the following  methods  which are permitted  pursuant to
         the Adoption Agreement:

                  (1)      One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

                  (2)  Payments  over a period  certain in  monthly,  quarterly,
                  semiannual,  or annual cash installments.  In order to provide
                  such installment  payments,  the Administrator may direct that
                  the  Participant's  interest  in the  Plan be  segregated  and
                  invested  separately,  and  that the  funds in the  segregated
                  account  be used  for the  payment  of the  installments.  The
                  period over which such payment is to be made shall, not extend
                  beyond  the   Participant's   life  expectancy  (or  the  life
                  expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary);

                  (3) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity
                  may not be in any form that will provide for  payments  over a
                  period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or
                  the lives of the Participant  and his designated  Beneficiary)
                  or  the  life  expectancy  of the  Participant  (or  the  life
                  expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).

                  (c) `The present value of a  Participant's  Joint and Survivor
         Annuity  derived from  Employer and Employee  contributions  may not be
         paid  without his  written  consent if the value  exceeds,  or has ever
         exceeded at the time of any prior distribution,  $3,500.  Further,  the
         spouse of a  Participant  must  consent  in  writing  to any  immediate
         distribution.  If the value of the  Participant's  benefit derived from
         Employer  and  Employee  contributions  does not exceed  $3,500 and has


                                       53
<PAGE>

         never  exceeded  $3,500  at the  time of any  prior  distribution,  the
         Administrator  may  immediately  distribute  such benefit  without such
         Participant's  consent. No distribution may be made under the preceding
         sentence after the "annuity  starting date" unless the  Participant and
         his spouse consent in writing to such distribution. Any written consent
         required  under this  paragraph  must be obtained not more than 90 days
         before  commencement of the  distribution and shall be made in a manner
         consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

                  (d) Any  distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which
         exceeds,  or has ever  exceeded at the time of any prior  distribution,
         $3,500 shall require such  Participant's  consent if such  distribution
         commences  prior to the later of his Normal  Retirement  Age or age 62.
         With regard to this required consent:

                           (1) No consent shall be valid unless the  Participant
                           has  received a general  description  of the material
                           features and an explanation of the relative values of
                           the  optional  forms of benefit  available  under the
                           Plan that would  satisfy the notice  requirements  of
                           Code Section 417.

                           (2) The Participant  must be informed of his right to
                           defer receipt of the  distribution.  If a Participant
                           fails to  consent,  it shall be deemed an election to
                           defer the  commencement  of payment  of any  benefit.
                           However,   any  election  to  defer  the  receipt  of
                           benefits    shall   not   apply   with   respect   to
                           distributions   which  are  required   under  Section
                           6.5(e).

                           (3)  Notice  of  the  rights   specified  under  this
                           paragraph  shall be provided no less than 30 days and
                           no more than 90 days  before  the  "annuity  starting
                           date".

                           (4)  Written   consent  of  the  Participant  to  the
                           distribution  must be  made  before  the  Participant
                           receives the notice and must not be made more than 90
                           days before the "annuity starting date".

                           (5)  No  consent  shall  be  valid  if a  significant
                           detriment   is   imposed   under   the  Plan  on  any
                           Participant who does not consent to the distribution.

                           (e)  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the
                  contrary, the distribution of a Participant's  benefits,  made
                  on or after  January  1,  1-1985,  whether  under  the Plan or
                  through the purchase of an annuity Contract,  shall be made in
                  accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise
                  comply  with  Code  Section  401(a)  (9) and  the  Regulations
                  thereunder  "including  Regulation  Section 1. 401 (a) (9) 2),
                  the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference:

                                       54
<PAGE>

                           (1) A Participant's  benefits shall be distributed to
                           him not later  than  April lst of the  calendar  year
                           following the later of (i) the calendar year in which
                           the  participant  attains  age  70 1/2  or  (ii)  the
                           calendar  year  in  which  the  Participant  retires,
                           provided,  however,  that this  clause (ii) shall not
                           apply in the case of a Participant who is a "five (5)
                           percent  owner" at any time  during the five (5) Plan
                           Year period  ending in the calendar  year in which he
                           attains  age 70 1/2 or, in the case of a  Participant
                           who  becomes a "five (5)  percent  owner"  during any
                           subsequent  Plan  Year,  clause (ii) shall  no longer
                           apply and the  required  beginning  date shall be the
                           April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar
                           year  in  which  such   subsequent  Plan  Year  ends.
                           Alternatively,  distributions  to a Participant  must
                           begin  no  later  than the  applicable  April  1st as
                           determined  under the preceding  sentence and must be
                           made over the life of the  Participant  (or the lives
                           of the Participant and the  Participant's  designated
                           Beneficiary)  or, if benefits are paid in the form of
                           a Joint and Survivor Annuity,  the life expectancy of
                           the  Participant  (or the  life  expectancies  of the
                           Participant   and  his  designated   Beneficiary)  in
                           accordance with Regulations.  or Plan Years beginning
                           after December 31, 1988,  clause (ii) above shall not
                           apply to any  Participant  unless the Participant had
                           attained  age 70 1/2  before  January 1, 1988 and was
                           not a "five (5) percent owner" at any time during the
                           Plan Year ending with or within the calendar  year in
                           which  the  Participant  attained  age no' 1/2 or any
                           subsequent Plan Year.

                           (2)   Distributions;   to  a   Participant   and  his
                           Beneficiaries  shall only be made in accordance  with
                           the  incidental  death benefit  requirements  of Code
                           Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.

                           Additionally,  for calendar  years  beginning  before
                           1989,   distributions  may  also  be  made  under  an
                           alternative  method  which  provides  that  the  then
                           present  value of the  payments  to be made  over the
                           period of the Participant's  life expectancy  exceeds
                           fifty  percent (50%) of the then present value of the
                           total payments to be made to the  Participant and his
                           Beneficiaries.

                  (f) For purposes of this  Section,  the life  expectancy  of a
         Participant  and a  Participant's  spouse  (other than in the case of a
         life  annuity)  shall  be  redetermined  annually  in  accordance  with
         Regulations  if permitted  pursuant to the Adoption  Agreement.  If the
         Participant   or   the   Participant's   spouse   may   elect   whether
         recalculations  will be made,  then the election,  once made,  shall be
         irrevocable.  If no  election  is made by the time  distributions  must
         commence,   then  the  life  expectancy  of  the  Participant  and  the
         Participant's  spouse  shall  not be  subject  to  recalculation.  Life

                                       55
<PAGE>

         expectancy  and joint and last  survivor  expectancy  shall be computed
         using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation 1.72-9.

                  (g)  All   annuity   Contracts   under   this  Plan  shall  be
         non-transferable  when  distributed.  Furthermore,  the  terms  of  any
         annuity  Contract  purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse
         shall comply with all of the requirements of this Plan.

                  (h) Subject to the spouse's  right of consent  afforded  under
         the Plan, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a
         Participant  has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written  designation
         to have his retirement benefit paid in an alternative method acceptable
         under Code Section  401(a) as in effect  prior to the  enactment of the
         Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

                  (i) If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant who
         has not terminated  employment is not fully vested in his Participant's
         Account and the Participant may increase the Vested  percentage in such
         account:

                  (1)  A  separate   account  shall  be   established   for  the
                  Participant's  interest  in the  Plan  as of the  time  of the
                  distribution, and

                  (2) At any relevant time the  Participant's  Vested portion of
                  the  separate  account  shall  be  equal  to an  amount  ("X")
                  determined by the formula:

                           X equals p(AB plus (RxD)) - (R x D)

                  For  purposes  or  applying  the  formula:  P  is  the  Vested
                  percentage at the relevant time, AB is the account  balance at
                  the relevant time, D is the amount of  distribution,  and R is
                  the ratio of the account  balance at the relevant  time to the
                  account balance after distribution.

6.11     DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

                  (a) Unless  otherwise  elected  as  provided  below,  a Vested
         Participant  who dies  before the annuity  starting  date and who has a
         surviving spouse shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to
         his surviving spouse. The Participant's  spouse may direct that payment
         of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity  commence within a reasonable
         period after the Participant's death. If the spouse does not so direct,
         payment of such benefit will commence at the time the Participant would
         have  attained  the  later  of his  Normal  Retirement  Age or age  62.
         However,  the  spouse  may  elect a 60  later  commencement  date.  Any
         distribution to the Participant's  spouse shall be subject to the rules
         specified in Section 6.6(h).

                  (b) Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity
         before  the  Participant's  death  must be made by the  Participant  in
         writing  during the  election  period and shall  require  the  spouse's
         irrevocable  consent  in  the  same  manner  provided  for  in  Section


                                       56
<PAGE>

         6.5(a)(2).  Further, the spouse's consent must acknowledge the specific
         nonspouse  Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the nonspouse
         Beneficiary  need not be  acknowledged,  provided  the  consent  of the
         spouse acknowledges that the spouse has the right to limit consent only
         to a specific  Beneficiary  and that the spouse  voluntarily  elects to
         relinquish such right.

                  (c) The election period to waive the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor
         Annuity  shall  begin on the-  first  day of the Plan Year in which the
         Participant  attains  age 35 and end on the  date of the  Participant's
         death. An earlier waiver (with spousal  consent) may be made provided a
         written explanation of the Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity is given to
         the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of the
         Plan Year in which the Participant  turns age 35. In the event a Vested
         Participant  separates  from  service  prior  to the  beginning  of the
         election  period,  the election  period shall begin on the date of such
         separation from service.

                  (d) With  regard  to the  election,  the  Administrator  shall
         provide each Participant within the applicable period,  with respect to
         such  Participant  (and  consistent  with  Regulations)  Upon a written
         explanation  of  the   Pre-Retirement   Survivor   Annuity   containing
         comparable  information  to that  required  pursuant to Section 6.5 (a)
         (5). For the purposes of this paragraph,  the term "applicable  period"
         means,  with  respect  to a  Participant,  whichever  of the  following
         periods ends last:

                  (1) The period  beginning  with the first day of the Plan Year
                  in which the  Participant  attains  age 32 and ending with the
                  close of the Plan  Year  preceding  the Plan Year in which the
                  Participant attains age 35;

                  (2)  A  reasonable  period  after  the  individual  becomes  a
                  Participant.  For this  purpose,  in the case of an individual
                  who becomes a Participant  after age 32, the explanation  must
                  be provided by the end of the three-year period beginning with
                  the first day of the first Plan Year for which the  individual
                  is a Participant;

                  (3) A reasonable period ending after, the Plan no longer fully
                  subsidizes  the cost of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity
                  with respect to the Participant;

                  (4)      A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)
                  (11) applies to the Participant; or

                  (5) A reasonable  period after  separation from service in the
                  case of a Participant who separates  before  attaining age 35.
                  For  this  purpose,   the   Administrator   must  provide  the
                  explanation  beginning  one year  before the  separation  from
                  service and ending one year after separation.

                                       57
<PAGE>

                  (e) The  Pre-Retirement  Survivor Annuity provided for in this
         Section shall apply only to Participants  who are credited with an Hour
         of Service on or after August 23, 1984. Former Participants who are not
         credited  with an Hour of Service on or after  August 23, 1984 shall be
         provided  with  rights  to  the  Pre-Retirement   Survivor  Annuity  in
         accordance with Section 303(e)(2i of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

                  (f)  If  the  value  of the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity
         derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $3,500
         and has never  exceeded  $3,500 at the time of any prior  distribution,
         the  Administrator  shall  direct the  immediate  distribution  of such
         amount to the  Participant's  spouse. No distribution may be made under
         the  preceding  sentence  after the  annuity  starting  date unless the
         spouse consents in writing.  If the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded
         at  the  time  of  any  prior   distribution,   $3,500,   an  immediate
         distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving  spouse,
         provided   such   surviving   spouse   consents   in  writing  to  such
         distribution. Any written consent required under this paragraph must be
         obtained not more than 90 days before  commencement of the distribution
         and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6-5(a)(2).

                  (g)(1)  In  the  event  there  is an  election  to  waive  the
                  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity,  and for death  benefits in
                  excess of' the  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity,  such death
                  benefits  shall be paid to the  Participant's  Beneficiary  by
                  either of the following methods, as elected by the Participant
                  (or if no  election  has been made prior to the  Participant's
                  death, by his  Beneficiary)  subject to the rules specified in
                  Section  6.6(h)  and  the  selections  made  in  the  Adoption
                  Agreement:

                           (i)      One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

                           (ii) Payment in monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual, or
                           annual  cash   installments   over  a  period  to  be
                           determined  by the  Participant  or his  Beneficiary.
                           After periodic installments commence, the Beneficiary
                           shall have the right to reduce the period  over which
                           such  periodic  installments  shall be made,  and the
                           cash amount of such  periodic  installments  shall be
                           adjusted accordingly.

                           (iii)   If   death   benefits   in   excess   of  the
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity are to be paid to the
                           surviving spouse,  such benefits may be paid pursuant
                           to (i) or (ii) above,  or used to purchase an annuity
                           so as to increase the payments  made  pursuant to the
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity;

                  (2) In the event the death benefit payable pursuant to Section
                  6.2 is payable in  installments,  then,  upon the death of the
                  Participant,  the  Administrator  may  direct  that the  death
                  benefit be segregated  and invested  separately,  and that the
                  funds  accumulated in the  segregated  account be used for the
                  payment of the installments.

                                       58
<PAGE>

                  (h) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
         distributions  upon the death of a Participant made on or after January
         1, 1985,  shall be made in accordance  with the following  requirements
         and  shall  otherwise  comply  with  Code  Section  401(a)(9)  and  the
         Regulations thereunder.

                  (1) If it is  determined,  pursuant to  Regulations,  that the
                  distribution  of a  Participant's  interest  has begun and the
                  Participant   dies  before  his  entire   interest   has  been
                  distributed  to him, the  remaining  portion of such  interest
                  shall be  distributed  at least as rapidly as under the method
                  of  distribution  selected  pursuant  to Section 6.5 as of his
                  date of death.

                  (2) If a -Participant  dies before he has begun to receive any
                  distributions   of  his   interest   in  the  Plan  or  before
                  distributions   are   deemed  to  have   begun   pursuant   to
                  Regulations,  then his death benefit shall be  distributed  to
                  his  Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the  following  -rules
                  subject to the selections  made in the Adoption  Agreement and
                  Subsections 6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(1) below:

                           (i) The entire death benefit shall be  distributed to
                           the  Participant's  Beneficiaries by December 31st of
                           the calendar year in which the fifth  anniversary  of
                           the Participant's death occurs;

                           (ii) The 5-year distribution requirement of (i) above
                           shall  not  apply  to any  portion  of  the  deceased
                           Participant's interest which is payable to or for the
                           benefit of a designated  Beneficiary.  In such event,
                           such portion  shall be  distributed  over the life of
                           such  designated  Beneficiary  (or over a period  not
                           extending   beyond  the  life   expectancy   of  such
                           designated  Beneficiary)  provided such  distribution
                           begins not later than  December  31st of the calendar
                           year immediately following the calendar year in which
                           the Participant died;

                           (iii) However, in the event the Participant's  spouse
                           (determined  as of  the  date  of  the  Participant's
                           death) is his designated Beneficiary,  the provisions
                           of (ii) above shall apply except that the requirement
                           that  distributions  commence  within one year of the
                           Participant's death shall not apply. In lieu thereof,
                           distributions  must  commence  on or before the later
                           of:  (1)   December   31st  of  the   calendar   year
                           immediately  following the calendar year in which the
                           Participant   died;  or  (2)  December  31st  of  the
                           calendar  year in which the  Participant  would  have
                           attained  age 70 1/2.  If the  surviving  spouse dies
                           before  distributions to such spouse begin,  then the
                           5-year distribution requirement of this Section shall


                                       59
<PAGE>


                  (3) Notwithstanding  subparagraph (2) above, or any selections
                  made  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  if a  Participant's  death
                  benefits  are to be  paid  in  the  form  of a  Pre-Retirement
                  Survivor  Annuity,  then  distributions  to the  Participant's
                  surviving  spouse must commence on or before the later of: (1)
                  December 31st of the calendar year  immediately  following the
                  calendar year in which the  Participant  died; or (2) December
                  31st of the calendar year in which the Participant  would have
                  attained age 70 1/2.

                  (i) For  purposes  of Section  6.6(h)(2),  the  election  by a
         designated  Beneficiary  to be  excepted  from the 5-year  distribution
         requirement  (if permitted in the Adoption  Agreement)  must be made no
         later than December  31st of the calendar  year  following the calendar
         year of the Participant's  death.  Except,  however,  with respect to a
         designated  Beneficiary who is the Participant's  surviving spouse, the
         election  must be made by the  earlier  of:  (1)  December  31st of the
         calendar  year  immediately  following  the calendar  year in which the
         Participant  died  or,  if  later,  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
         Participant would have attained age 70 1/2; or (2) December 31st of the
         calendar year which  contains the fifth  anniversary of the date of the
         Participant's death. An election by a designated Beneficiary must be in
         writing  and shall be  irrevocable  as of the last day of the  election
         period stated herein.  In the absence of an election by the Participant
         or a designated beneficiary,  the 5-year distribution requirement shall
         apply.

                  (j) For purposes of this  Section,  the life  expectancy  of a
         Participant  and a  Participant's  spouse  (other than in the case of a
         life annuity) shall or shall not be  redetermined  annually as provided
         in the Adoption  Agreement and in accordance with  Regulations.  If the
         Participant  or the  Participant's  spouse may elect,  pursuant  to the
         Adoption Agreement,  to have life expectancies  recalculated,  then the
         election, once made shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the
         time  distributions  must  commence,  then the life  expectancy  of the
         Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse  shall  not be  subject  to
         recalculation.  Life expectancy and joint and last survivor  expectancy
         shall be  computed  using the  return  multiples  in Tables V and VI of
         Regulation Section 1.72-9.

                  (k) In the  event  that  less  than  100%  of a  Participant's
         interest in the Plan is distributed to such  Participant's  spouse, the
         portion of the distribution attributable to the Participant's Voluntary
         Contribution   Account  shall  be  in  the  same  proportion  that  the
         Participant's Voluntary Contribution Account bears to the Participant's
         total interest in the Plan.

                  (1) Subject to the spouse's  right of consent  afforded  under
         the Plan, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a
         Participant  has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written  designation
         to have his death  benefits paid in an  alternative  method  acceptable
         under Code Section  401(a) as in effect  prior to the  enactment of the
         Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

                                       60
<PAGE>

6.12     TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

                  Except  as  limited  by  Sections  6.5  and  6.6,  whenever  a
distribution is to be made, or a series of payments are to commence, on or as of
an Anniversary Date, the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun
on such date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, but in no event later than
180 days after the Anniversary Date. However, unless a Former Participant elects
in writing to defer the receipt of benefits  (such  election may not result in a
death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits shall begin
not later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest
of the following  events occurs:  (a) the date on which the Participant  attains
the earlier of age `05 or the Normal  Retirement Age specified  herein;  (b) the
10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in
the  Plan;  or (c) the date the  Participant  terminates  his  service  with the
Employer.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the failure of a Participant
and, if  applicable,  the  Participant's  spouse,  to consent to a  distribution
pursuant  to  Section  6.5(d),  shall be deemed to be an  election  to defer the
commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.14     DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

                  In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the
Administrator  may direct that such  distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary  maintains his residence,  or to the custodian for such  Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted
by the laws of the state in which said  Beneficiary  resides.  Such a payment to
the legal  guardian,  custodian  or parent of a minor  Beneficiary  shall  fully
discharge  the Trustee,  Employer,  and Plan from  further  liability on account
thereof.

6.16     LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

                  In the event that all,  or any  portion,  of the  distribution
payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant's  attainment of age 62 or his Normal  Retirement Age, remain unpaid
solely  by  reason  of the  inability  of the  Administrator,  after  sending  a
registered  letter,  return receipt  requested,  to the last known address,  and
after further diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant
or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture
pursuant  to the Plan.  in the event a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is located
subsequent  to his benefit  being  reallocated,  such benefit shall be restored,
first  from  Forfeitures,   if  any,  and  then  from  an  additional   Employer
contribution if necessary.

6.18     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION



                                       61
<PAGE>

                  For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plans,  if
elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  at such time as a  Participant  shall have
attained the age specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator,  at the
election of the  Participant,  shall direct the distribution of up to the entire
amount then credited to the accounts  maintained  on behalf of the  Participant.
However,  no such distribution from the Participant's  Account shall occur prior
to 100% Vesting.  In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution,
the Participant  shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the
same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
shall  be made in a manner  consistent  with  Section  6.5,  including,  but not
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a) (11) and
417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.20     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

                  (a).  For Profit  Sharing  Plans,  if elected in the  Adoption
         Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall
         direct the  distribution  to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to
         the lesser of 100% of his  Participant's  Combined Account valued as of
         the last  Anniversary  Date or  other  valuation  date or the  amount.
         necessary  to satisfy the  immediate  and heavy  financial  need of the
         Participant.  Any  distribution  made pursuant to this Section shall be
         deemed  to be made as of the  first  day of the Plan Year or, if later,
         the valuation date immediately preceding the date of distribution,  and
         the  account  from  which the  distribution  is made  shall be  reduced
         accordingly.  Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if
         the distribution is on account of:

                  (1)  Medical  expenses  described  in Code  Section  -213  (d)
                  incurred  by  the  Participant,  his  spouse,  or  any  of his
                  dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);

                  (2) The purchase  (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
                  residence for the Participant;

                  (3)      Funeral expenses for a member of the Participant's
                  family;

                  (4)  Payment of tuition  for the next  semester  or quarter of
                  post-secondary  education  for the  Participant,  his  spouse,
                  children, or dependents; or

                  (5) The need to prevent the eviction of the  Participant  from
                  his principal  residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
                  Participant's principal residence.

                  (b) No such distribution  shall be made from the Participant's
         Account until such Account has become fully Vested.

                  (c) Any  distribution  made  pursuant to this Section shall be
         made in a manner which is consistent  with and satisfies the Provisions
         of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice and consent


                                       62
<PAGE>

         requirements of Code Sections 411 (a) (111, and 417 and the Regulations
         thereunder.

6.22     LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                  All rights and benefits,  including  elections,  provided to a
Participant  in this  Plan  shall  be  subject  to the  rights  afforded  to any
"alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order."  Furthermore,  a
distribution to an "alternate payee" shall be permitted if such distribution `is
authorized  by a  "qualified  domestic  relations  order,"  even if the affected
Participant  has not reached the `earliest  retirement  age" under the Plan. For
the purposes of this Section,  "alternate payee,  "qualified  domestic relations
order" and "earliest retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code
Section 414(p).

6.24     SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS

                  If elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  the  following  shall
apply to a Participant  in a Profit  Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan
and to any  distribution,  made on or after  first  day of the  first  plan year
beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable
solely to  accumulated  deductible  employee  contributions,  as defined in Code
Section 72 (o) (5) (B), and  maintained  on behalf of a  participant  in a money
purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit plan):

                   (a) The   Participant shall   be  prohibited   from  electing
         benefits in the form of a life annuity;

                  (b)  Upon  the  death of the  Participant,  the  Participant's
         entire  Vested  account  balances  will be paid to his or her surviving
         spouse, or, if there is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse has
         already  consented  to waive his or her  benefit,  in  accordance  with
         Section 6.6, to his designated Beneficiary; and

                  (c) Except to the extent  otherwise  provided in this  Section
         and Section 6.5(h),  the other  provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.5 and 6.6
         regarding  spousal  consent  and the  forms of  distributions  shall be
         inoperative with respect to this Plan.

                  This  Section  shall  not  apply to any  Participant  if it is
         determined  that  this  Plan is a direct or  indirect  transferee  of a
         defined benefit or money purchase plan, or a target benefit plan, stock
         bonus or profit sharing plan which would  otherwise  provide for a life
         annuity form of payment. to the Participant.



                                  ARTICLE VII.
                                     TRUSTEE

7.1      BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

                                       63
<PAGE>

                  The   Trustee   shall  have  the   following   categories   of
responsibilities:

                  (a) Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined
         by the Employer to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject,
         however,  to the  direction  of an  Investment  Manager if the Employer
         should appoint such manager as to all or a portion of the assets of the
         Plan;

                  (b) At the  direction  of the  Administrator,  to pay benefits
         required under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of
         their death, to their Beneficiaries;

                  (c) To maintain  records of  receipts  and  disbursements  and
         furnish  to the  Employer  and/or  Administrator  for each  Plan Year a
         written annual report per Section 7.7; and.

                  (d) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by
         a majority of their  number,  but may  authorize one or more of them to
         sign papers on their behalf.

7.3      INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

                  (a) The Trustee  shall  invest and  reinvest the Trust Fund to
         keep the Trust Fund invested without  distinction between principal and
         income and in such securities or property,  real or personal,  wherever
         situated,  as the  Trustee  shall deem  advisable,  including,  but not
         limited to, stocks,  common or preferred,  bonds and other evidences of
         indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The
         Trustee  shall at all times in  making  investments  of the Trust  Fund
         consider,  among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs
         of the Plan on the basis of information  furnished by the Employer.  In
         making  such  investments,  the  Trustee  shall  not be  restricted  to
         securities or other property of the character  expressly  authorized by
         the applicable law for trust  investments;  however,  the Trustee shall
         give due  regard to any  limitations  imposed by the Code or the Act so
         that at all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust..

                  (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to
         the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which
         the  duties  of such  bank or trust  company  shall be of a  custodial,
         clerical and recordkeeping nature.

                  (c) Notwithstanding  Section 7.2(a), the Employer,  in writing
         to  the  Trustee,   may  delegate  investment   responsibility  to  the
         Administrator.  If the Administrator has been delegated such authority,
         the  Trustee  shall  invest  trust  assets  in   accordance   with  the
         Administrator's  direction,  unless  the  Trustee  determines,  in  the
         exercise of its  responsibility  under ERISA as a  co-fiduciary  of the
         Plan,  that such  investments  are not permitted under the terms of the
         Plan, Trust, or the Act. The Trustee shall not be liable or responsible
         for  losses  or  unfavorable   results   arising  from.  the  Trustee's
         compliance with directions received from the Administrator.

                                       64
<PAGE>

                  (d) The  Trustee  may from time to time  transfer to a common,
         collective,  or pooled trust fund  maintained by any corporate  Trustee
         hereunder  pursuant to Revenue Ruling  81-100,  all or such part of the
         Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem  advisable,  and such part or all of
         the Trust  Fund so  transferred  shall be  subject to all the terms and
         provisions  of the  common,  collective,  or pooled  trust  fund  which
         contemplate  the  commingling  for  investment  purposes  of such trust
         assets with trust assets of other trusts. The Trustee may withdraw from
         such common,  collective,  or pooled trust fund all or such part of the
         Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable.

                  (e) The Trustee,  at the  direction of the  Administrator  and
         pursuant to instructions from the individual designated in the Adoption
         Agreement for such purpose and subject to the  conditions  set forth in
         the  Adoption  Agreement,  shall  ratably  apply for,  own, and pay all
         premium on Contracts on the lives of the  Participants.  Any initial or
         additional  Contract  purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a
         face  amount  of not less  than  $1,000,  the  amount  set forth in the
         Adoption  Agreement,  or the  limitation  of the Insurer,  whichever is
         greater.  If a  life  insurance  Contract  is  to  be  purchased  for a
         Participant, the aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each
         Participant  must be less than 50% of the aggregate  contributions  and
         Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Combined Account. For purposes
         of this  limitation,  ordinary life  insurance  Contracts are Contracts
         with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. If
         term  insurance or  universal  life  insurance  is purchased  with such
         contributions,  the  aggregate  premium  must  be  25% or  less  of the
         aggregate  contributions  and Forfeitures  allocated to a Participant's
         Combined  account.  If both term insurance and ordinary life' insurance
         are purchased  with such  contributions,  the amount  expended for term
         insurance  plus one-half of the premium for ordinary  insurance may not
         in the aggregate exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions and
         Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's  Combined Account. The Trustee
         must  distribute the Contracts to the Participant or convert the entire
         value of the Contracts at or before retirement into cash or provide for
         a  periodic  income  so that no  portion  of such  value may be used to
         continue life insurance  protection beyond retirement.  Notwithstanding
         the above, the limitations  imposed herein with respect to the purchase
         of life  insurance  shall not  apply,  in the case of a Profit  Sharing
         Plan, to the portion of a  Participant's  Account that has  accumulated
         for at least two (2) Plan Years.

                  Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary,  amounts
         credited to a Participant's  Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution
         Account  pursuant to Section 4.9,  shall not be applied to the purchase
         of life insurance contracts.

                  (f)  The  Trustee  will be the  owner  of any  life  insurance
         Contract  purchased  under the terms of this Plan.  The  Contract  must
         provide that the proceeds will be payable to the Trustee;  however, the
         Trustee  shall be required to pay over all  proceeds of the Contract to
         the  Participant's   designated  Beneficiary  in  accordance  with  the


                                       65
<PAGE>

         distribution  provisions of Article VI. A Participant's  spouse will be
         the designated  Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified
         election has been made in  accordance  with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the
         Plan, if applicable.  Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any
         part of the proceeds.  However,  the Trustee shall not pay the proceeds
         in a method  that would  violate  the  requirements  of the  Retirement
         Equity  Act,  as stated in  Article  VI of the  Plan,  or Code  Section
         401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  Plan to the  contrary,
         investments  under this Plan shall be  limited to the  products  of, or
         must be purchased through, W.E. Stanley & Company,  Inc., or any of its
         affiliates or subsidiaries.

7.5      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

                  The Trustee,  in addition to all powers and authorities  under
common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this
Plan,  shall have the following  powers and  authorities  to be exercised in the
Trustee's sole discretion:

                  (a) To purchase,  or subscribe  for, any  securities  or other
         property and to retain the same.  In  conjunction  with the purchase of
         securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

                  (b) To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer,  grant  options to
         purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held
         by the Trustee,  by private  contract or at public  auction.  No person
         dealing with the Trustee  shall be bound to see to the  application  of
         the purchase  money or to inquire  into the  validity,  expediency,  or
         propriety  of any  such  sale or  other  disposition,  with or  without
         advertisement;

                  (c) To vote upon any stocks,  bonds, or other  securities;  to
         give general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
         Dower  of   substitution;   to  exercise  any  conversion   privileges,
         subscription  rights  or  other  options,  and  to  make  any  payments
         incidental   thereto;  to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise
         participate in, corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting
         corporate securities,  and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay
         any  assessments or charges in connection  therewith;  and generally to
         exercise any of the powers of an owner with  respect to stocks,  bonds,
         securities,  or other  property.  However,  the Trustee  shall not vote
         proxies  relating to securities for which it has not been assigned full
         investment  management  responsibilities.  In those cases where another
         party  has  such  investment   authority  or  discretion,   be  it  the
         Administrator  or an  outside  Investment  Manager,  the  Trustee  will
         deliver   all   proxies   to  said   party  who  will  then  have  full
         responsibility for voting those proxies;

                                       66
<PAGE>

                  (d)  To  cause  any  securities  or   other  property  to,  be
         registered  in the  Trustee's own name or in the name of one or more of
         the Trustee's nominees, and to hold any investments in bearer form, but
         the books and records of the  Trustee  shall at all times show that all
         such investments are part of the Trust Fund;

                  (e) To borrow or raise  money for the  purposes of the Plan in
         such amount,  and upon such terms and conditions,  as the Trustee shall
         deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note
         as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any
         part,  of the Trust Fund;  and no person  lending  money to the Trustee
         shall  be  bound  to see to the  application  of the  money  lent or to
         inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;

                  (f) To keep such  portion  of the  Trust  Fund in cash or cash
         balances as the Trustee may, from time to time,  deem to be in the best
         interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

                  (g) To  accept  and  retain  for  such  time  as it  may  deem
         advisable any securities or other  property  received or acquired by it
         as Trustee hereunder,  whether or not such securities or other property
         would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

                  (h) To make,  execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver any and all,
         documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other  instruments
         that may be necessary  or  appropriate  to carry out the powers  herein
         granted;

                  (i) To  settle,  compromise,  or  submit  to  arbitration  any
         claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence
         or  defend  suits  or  legal  or  administrative  proceedings,  and  to
         represent   the  Plan  in  all  suits  and  legal  and   administrative
         proceedings;

                  (j) To employ  suitable  agents and  counsel  and to pay their
         reasonable expenses and compensation,  and such agent or counsel may or
         may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

                  (k) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment
         of the Trust Fund such annuity,  or other Contracts (on the life of any
         Participant) as the Administrator  shall deem proper;  to exercise,  at
         any time or from time to time,  whatever  rights and  privileges may be
         granted under such annuity,  or other Contracts;  to collect,  receive,
         and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity,  or other Contracts as
         and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

                  (1) To invest  funds of the Trust in time  deposits or savings
         accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest `in the Trustee's bank;

                                       67
<PAGE>

                  (m) To invest  in  Treasury  Bills  and other  forms of United
         States government obligations;

                  (n) To sell,  purchase  and acquire put or call options if the
         options  are  traded on and  purchased  through a  national  securities
         exchange  registered  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
         amended,  or, if the  options  are not traded on a national  securities
         exchange,  are  guaranteed  by a  member  firm  of the New  York  Stock
         Exchange;

                  (o) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or
         certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

                  (p) To pool all or any of the Trust  Fund,  from time to time,
         with assets  belonging to any other qualified  employee pension benefit
         trust  created  by the  Employer  or any  Affiliated  Employer,  and to
         commingle  such assets and make joint or common  investments  and carry
         joint  accounts  on behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts,
         allocating  undivided  shares or interests  in   such  investment's or
         accounts or any pooled  assets of the two or more trusts 4n  accordance
         with their respective interests;

                  (q) To do all such  acts and  exercise  all  such  rights  and
         privileges,  although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee
         may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

                  (r) Directed  Investment  Account.  The powers  granted to the
         Trustee  shall be exercised  in the sole  fiduciary  discretion  of the
         Trustee.   However,  if  elected  in  the  Adoption   Agreement,   each
         Participant may direct the Trustee to separate and keep separate all or
         a portion of his interest in the Plan; and further each  Participant is
         authorized and empowered, in his sole and absolute discretion,  to give
         directions  to the  Trustee  in such form as the  Trustee  may  require
         concerning  the  investment of the  Participant's  Directed  Investment
         Account,  which  directions  must be followed  by the Trustee  subject,
         however, to restrictions on payment of life insurance premiums. Neither
         the  Trustee  nor any other  persons  including  the  Administrator  or
         otherwise shall be under any duty to question any such direction of the
         Participant  or to review any  securities  or other  property,  real or
         personal,  or to make any  suggestions to the Participant in connection
         therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with
         directions given by the Participant  hereunder.  Any such direction may
         be of a  continuing  nature  or  otherwise  and may be  revoked  by the
         Participant  at any time in such form as the Trustee may  require.  The
         Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in
         the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion,  deems such
         directions improper by virtue of applicable law, and in such event, the
         Trustee  shall not be  responsible  or liable  for any loss or  expense
         which may result. Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the
         Participant's  directions shall be borne by the Participant's  Directed
         Investment Account.

                                       68
<PAGE>

                           Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary,
         the Trustee shall not, at any time after December 31, 1981,  invest any
         portion of a Directed  Investment Account in "collectibles"  within the
         meaning of that term as employed in Code Section 408(m).

7.7      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

                  (a) If specified in the Adoption  Agreement,  the Trustee (or,
         if loans are treated as Directed  Investment  pursuant to the  Adoption
         Agreement,  the Administrator) may in the Trustee's (or, if applicable,
         the  Administrator's sole  discretion,  make loans to  Participants  or
         Beneficiaries  under the  following  circumstances:  (1) loans shall be
         made available to all  Participants  and  Beneficiaries on a reasonably
         equivalent  basis;  (2)  loans  shall not be made  available  to Highly
         Compensated  Employees  in an  amount  greater  than  the  amount  made
         available to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate
         of  interest;  (4) loans  shall be  adequately  secured;  and (5) shall
         Provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time.

                  (b)  Loans  shall not be made to any  Shareholder-Employee  or
         Owner-Employee  unless an exemption for such loan is obtained  pursuant
         to Act  Section 408 and  further  provided  that such loan would not be
         subject to tax pursuant to Code Section 4975.

                  (c) Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide
         for a  repayment  period  extending  beyond such  Participant's  Normal
         Retirement Date.

                  (d) Loans made  pursuant  to this  Section  (when added to the
         outstanding  balance  of  all  other  loans  made  by the  Plan  to the
         Participant) shall be limited to the lesser of:

                  (1)  $50,000  reduced by the  excess  (if any) of the  highest
                  outstanding  balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant
                  during the one year  period  ending on the day before the date
                  on which  such loan is made,  over the outstanding  balance of
                  loans  from the Plan to the  Participant  on the date on which
                  such loan was made, or

                  (2) the greater of (A) one-half  (1/2) of the present value of
                  the non-forfeitable  accrued benefit of the Employee under the
                  Plan, or (B), if permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement,
                  $10,000.

                           For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer
         shall be considered  one plan.  Additionally,  with respect to any loan
         made prior to January 1, 1987, the $50,000 limit specified in (1) above
         shall be unreduced.

                                       69
<PAGE>

                  (e) No  Participant  loan shall take into  account the present
         value of such Participant's  Qualified Voluntary Employee  Contribution
         Account.

                  (f) Loans shall provide for level  amortization  with payments
         to be made not less  frequently  than  quarterly  over a period  not to
         exceed five (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit
         which,  within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time
         the loan is made) as a principal  residence  of the  Participant  shall
         provide for periodic  repayment  over a reasonable  period of time that
         may exceed five (5) years.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  loans made
         prior  to  January  1,  1987  which  are  used to  acquire,  construct,
         reconstruct  or  substantially  rehabilitate  any dwelling  unit which,
         within a  reasonable  period of time is to be used  (determined  at the
         time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant or a
         member of his family (within the meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) may
         provide for periodic  repayment  over a reasonable  period of time that
         may exceed five (5) years. Additionally, loans made prior to January 1,
         1987, may provide for periodic  payments which are made less frequently
         than   quarterly  and  which  do  not   necessarily   result  in  level
         amortization.

                  (g) An assignment or pledge of any portion of a  Participant's
         interest in the Plan and a loan,  pledge, or assignment with respect to
         any insurance  Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a
         loan under this Section.

                  (h) Any loan made  pursuant to this  Section  after August 18,
         1985 where the Vested  interest  of the  Participant  is used to secure
         such loan shall require the written consent of the Participant's spouse
         in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a) provided the spousal consent
         requirements  of such Section  apply to the Plan- Such written  consent
         must be obtained within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is
         made.  Any  security  interest  held  by  the  Plan  by  reason  of  an
         outstanding  loan to the  Participant  shall be taken  into  account in
         determining the amount of the death benefit or Pre-Retirement  Survivor
         Annuity.  However,  no spousal  consent  shall be  required  under this
         paragraph if the total accrued  benefit  subject to the security is net
         in excess of $3,500.

                  (i) With  regard to any loans  granted  or renewed on or after
         the last day of the first Plan Year beginning  after December 31, 1988,
         a Participant loan program shall be established which must include, but
         need not be limited to, the following:

                  (1)  the  identity of the person or  positions authorized  to
                  administer the Participant loan program;

                  (2)  a procedure for applying for loans;

                  (3)  the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

                                       70
<PAGE>

                  (4)  limitations,  if any,  on the types and  amounts of loans
                  offered,  including  what  constitutes a hardship or financial
                  need if selected in the Adoption Agreement;

                  (5)  the  procedure   under  the  program  for  determining  a
                  reasonable rate of interest;

                  (6) the types of  collateral  which may  secure a  Participant
                  loan; and

                  (7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be
                  taken to preserve plan assets.

                  Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a separate
         written document which, when properly executed,  is hereby incorporated
         by  reference  and  made  a  part  of  this  plan.  Furthermore,   such
         Participant  loan  program may be  modified or amended in writing  from
         time to time  without the  necessity  of amending  this  Section of the
         Plan.

7.9      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

                  At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from
time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the
Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the  application
of such payments.

7.11     TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

                  The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable  compensation as set
forth in the  Trustee's  fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as
agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee. An individual serving as
Trustee who already  receives  full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive
compensation  from this Plan. In addition,  the Trustee shall be reimbursed  for
any reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable  counsel fees incurred by it as
Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless
paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind and all kinds whatsoever
that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect
of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

7.13     ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

                  Within a  reasonable  period  of time  after  the later of the
Anniversary  Date or receipt of the Employer's  contribution for each Plan Year,
the Trustee,  or its agent,  shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator  a
written  statement  of  account  with  respect  to the Plan Year for which  such
contribution was made setting forth:

                  (a)      the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

                                       71
<PAGE>

                    (b) the gains,  or losses,  realized  by the Trust Fund upon
          sales or other disposition of the assets;

                    (c) the  increase,  or  decrease,  in the value of the Trust
          Fund;

                    (d) all  payments  and  distributions  made  from the  Trust
         Fund; and

                    (e)  such  further   information   as  the  Trustee   and/or
          Administrator  deems  appropriate.  The Employer,  forthwith  upon its
          receipt of each such statement of account,  shall acknowledge  receipt
          thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or  Administrator of its
          approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove
          any such  statement  of  account  within  thirty  (30) days  after its
          receipt thereof shall be deemed an approval  thereof.  The approval by
          the Employer of any  statement  of account  shall be binding as to all
          matters  embraced  therein as between the  Employer and the Trustee to
          the same extent as if the  account of the Trustee had been  settled by
          judgment  or decree  in an action  for a  judicial  settlement  of its
          account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the
          Employer  and all  persons  having or claiming an interest in the Plan
          were parties;  provided,  however, that nothing herein contained shall
          deprive  the  Trustee  of its  right to have its  accounts  judicially
          settled if the Trustee so desires.

7.15     AUDIT

                  (a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the
         Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator
         shall  direct the  Trustee to engage on behalf of all  Participants  an
         independent   qualified  public  accountant  for  that  purpose.   Such
         accountant  shall,  after an audit of the books and records of the Plan
         in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  within a
         reasonable  period  after the close of the Plan  Year,  furnish  to the
         Administrator  and the Trustee a report of his audit  setting forth his
         opinion as to whether  any  statements,  schedules  or lists,  that are
         required by Act Section 103 or the  Secretary of Labor to be filed with
         the Plan's  annual  report,  are presented  fairly in  conformity  with
         generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

                  (b) All  auditing and  accounting  fees shall be an expense of
         and may, at the election of the Administrator,  be paid from, the Trust
         Fund.

                  (c) If some or all of the information  necessary to enable the
         Administrator  to comply with Act Section 103 is  maintained by a bank,
         insurance company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and
         subject to periodic  examination by a state or federal agency, it shall
         transmit  and  certify  the  accuracy  of  that   information   to  the
         Administrator  as  provided in Act  Section  103(b)  within one hundred
         twenty  (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as
         may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

                                       72
<PAGE>
7.17     RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

                  (a) The  Trustee may resign at any time by  delivering  to the
         Employer,  at least  thirty  (30) days  before its  effective  date,  a
         written notice of his resignation.

                  (b)  The  Employer  may  remove  the  Trustee  by  mailing  by
         registered  or  certified  mail,  addressed to such Trustee at his last
         known address,  at least thirty (30) days before its effective  date, a
         written notice of his removal.

                  (c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
         Trustee,  a  successor  may be  appointed  by the  Employer;  and  such
         successor,  upon accepting  such  appointment in writing and delivering
         same to the Employer,  shall,  without  further act, become vested with
         all  the  estate,  rights,  powers,  discretions,  and  duties  of  his
         predecessor  with  like  respect  as if he were  originally  named as a
         Trustee  herein.  Until such a successor is  appointed,  the  remaining
         Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of
         the Plan.
                  (d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to
         the death,  resignation,  incapacity,  or removal of a Trustee.  In the
         event a successor  is so  designated  by the  Employer and accepts such
         designation,  the successor  shall,  without further act, become vested
         with all the estate,  rights,  powers,  discretions,  and duties of his
         predecessor  with the like  effect  as if he were  originally  named as
         Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation,  incapacity, or
         removal of his predecessor.

                  (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, he
         shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator a written statement of
         account  with  respect to the portion of the Plan Year during  which he
         served as Trustee.  This statement shall be either (i) included as part
         of the annual  statement  of account for the Plan Year  required  under
         Section 7.7 or (ii) set forth in a special statement.  Any such special
         statement  of account  should be rendered to the Employer no later than
         the due date of the annual  statement of account for the Plan Year. The
         procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the Employer of
         annual  statements of account  shall apply to any special  statement of
         account  rendered  hereunder  and  approval by the Employer of any such
         special  statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the
         same effect upon the statement as the Employer's  approval of an annual
         statement of account.  No successor to the Trustee  shall have any duty
         or  responsibility  to  investigate  the  acts or  transactions  of any
         predecessor  who has rendered  all  statements  of account  required by
         Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

7.19     TRANSFER OF INTEREST

                  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  contained in this Plan,
the Trustee at the  direction  of the  Administrator  shall  transfer the Vested
interest,  if any, of such  Participant- in his account to another trust forming
part of a  pension,  profit  sharing,  or stock  bonus plan  maintained  by such


                                       73
<PAGE>

Participant's  new  employer  and  represented  by said  employer  in writing as
meeting the  requirements  of Code Section 401 (a),  provided  that the trust to
which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

7.21     TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

                  The Employer agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee
against  any and all claims,  losses,  damages,  expenses  and  liabilities  the
Trustee may incur in the exercise and  performance  of the Trustee's  powers and
duties  hereunder,  unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence
or willful misconduct.

7.23     EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

                  The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property," as those terms are
defined in the Act. However,  no more than 100%, in the case of a Profit Sharing
Plan or 401(k)  Plan or 10%,  in the case of a Money  Purchase  Plan of the fair
market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in  "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property".

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                      AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

8.1      AMENDMENT

                  (a) The  Employer  shall  have the  right at any time to amend
         this Plan subject to the  limitations  of this  Section.  However,  any
         amendment which affects the rights,  duties or  responsibilities of the
         Trustee  and  Administrator  may only be made  with the  Trustee's  and
         Administrator's  written  consent.  Any  such  amendment  shall  become
         effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not
         be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment  affects
         the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

                  (b) The  Employer  may (1) change the choice of options in the
         Adoption  Agreement,  (2)  add  overriding  language  in  the  Adoption
         Agreement  when such language is necessary to satisfy Code Sections 415
         or 416 because of the required  aggregation of multiple plans,  and (3)
         add certain model amendments  published by the Internal Revenue Service
         which specifically  provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan
         to be treated as an individually designed plan. An Employer that amends
         the Plan for any  other  reason,  including  a  waiver  of the  minimum
         funding  requirement  under  Code  Section  A-12(d),   will  no  longer
         participate  in this Regional  Prototype Plan and will be considered to
         have an individually designed plan.

                  (c)  The  Employer  expressly   delegates   authority  to  the
         sponsoring  organization  of this Plan, the right to amend this Plan by


                                       74
<PAGE>

         submitting  a copy of the  amendment  to each  Employer who has adopted
         this  Plan  after  first   having   received  a  ruling  or   favorable
         determination  from  the  internal  Revenue  Service  that  the Plan as
         amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and the Act.

                  (d)  No  amendment  to  the  Plan  shall  be  effective  if it
         authorizes  or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part
         as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for
         or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive  benefit of the
         Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction
         in the amount credited to the account of any Participant;  or causes or
         permits any  portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become  property
         of the Employer.

                  (e) Except as permitted by Regulations  (including  Regulation
         1.411(d)-4),  no Plan amendment or  transaction  having the effect of a
         Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction)
         shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any "Section 411 (d) (6)
         protected benefits" or adds or modifies conditions relating to "Section
         411 (d) (6)  protected  benefits"  the  result  of which  is a  further
         restriction  on  such  benefit  unless  such  protected   benefits  are
         preserved  with  respect  to  benefits  accrued  as of the later of the
         adoption date or effective date of the amendment.  "Section  411(d) (6)
         protected   benefits"   are   benefits   described   in  Code   Section
         411(d)(6)(A),  early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies,
         and optional forms of benefit.

8.3      TERMINATION

                  (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate
         the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator  written notice
         of such termination.  Upon any full or partial  termination all amounts
         credited to the affected  Participants'  Combined Accounts shall become
         100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture,  and all
         unallocated   amounts  shall  be  allocated  to  the  accounts  of  all
         Participants in accordance with the provisions hereof.

                  (b) Upon the full  termination of the Plan, the Employer shall
         direct the distribution of the assets to Participants in a manner which
         is  consistent  with and  satisfies  the  provisions  of  Section  6.5.
         Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if
         permitted  in the  Adoption  Agreement)  or  through  the  purchase  of
         irrevocable  nontransferable  deferred  commitments  from the  Insurer.
         Except as permitted by  Regulations,  the termination of the Plan shall
         not  result  in the  reduction  of  "Section  411  (d)  (06)  protected
         benefits" as described in Section 8.1.

8.5      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

                  This Plan may be merged or  consolidated  with,  or its assets
and/or  liabilities  may be  transferred  to any other plan only if the benefits
which  would be  received  by a  Participant  of this  Plan,  in the  event of a


                                       75
<PAGE>

termination   of  the  plan   immediately   after  such   transfer,   merger  or
consolidation,  are at least equal to the  benefits the  Participant  would have
received if the Plan had terminated  immediately before the transfer,  merger or
consolidation and such merger or consolidation  does not otherwise result in the
elimination  or  reduction  of any  "Section  411(d)(6)  protected  benefits" as
described in Section 8.1(e).

                                   ARTICLE IX.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.1      EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

                  (a) Any  organization  may become the  Employer  hereunder  by
         executing the Adoption  Agreement in form  satisfactory to the Trustee,
         and it shall  provide such  additional  information  as the Trustee may
         require.  The consent of the Trustee to act as such shall be  signified
         by its execution of the Adoption Agreement.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation
         of the  Employer and the  participation  of its  Participants  shall be
         separate and apart from that of any other employer and its participants
         hereunder.

9.3      PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

                  This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between
the Employer and any Participant or to be a  consideration  or an inducement for
the employment of any  Participant or Employee.  Nothing  contained in this Plan
shall be deemed to give any  Participant or Employee the right to be retained in
the service of the  Employer or to  interfere  with the right of the Employer to
discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which
such discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

9.5      ALIENATION

                  (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, no benefit which
         shall  be  payable  to  any  person  (including  a  Participant  or his
         Beneficiary)   shall  be  subject   in  any  manner  to   anticipation,
         alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge,
         and any  attempt  to  anticipate,  alienate,  sell,  transfer,  assign,
         pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit
         shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
         liabilities,  engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be
         subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person,  and
         the same  shall  not be  recognized  except  to such  extent  as may be
         required by law.

                  (b) This provision shall not apply to the extent a Participant
         or  Beneficiary  is  indebted to the Plan,  for any  reason,  under any
         provision of this Plan. At the time a distribution  is to be made to or
         for a Participant's  or Beneficiary's  benefit,  such proportion of the
         amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid


                                       76
<PAGE>

         to the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness.  Prior to
         making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given
         written notice by the Administrator  that such indebtedness is to be so
         paid in whole or part from his Participant's  Combined Account.  If the
         Participant or Beneficiary  does not agree that the  indebtedness  is a
         valid claim against his Vested Participant's Combined Account, he shall
         be entitled to review of the validity of the claim in accordance with..
         procedures provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13.

                  (c) This  provision  shall not apply to a "qualified  domestic
         relations  order"  defined  in Code  Section  414(p),  and those  other
         domestic   relations   orders   permitted  to  be  so  treated  by  the
         Administrator  under the  provisions  of the  Retirement  Equity Act of
         1984.  The  Administrator   shall  establish  a  written  procedure  to
         determine  the  qualified  status of domestic  relations  orders and to
         administer  distributions under such qualified orders.  Further, to the
         extent provided under a "qualified  domestic relations order", a former
         spouse of a  Participant  shall be treated  as the spouse or  surviving
         spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
9.7      CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

                  This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced  according
to the Act and the laws of the State or  Commonwealth  in which  the  Employer's
principal  office is located,  other than its laws respecting  choice of law, to
the extent not pre-empted by the Act.

9.9      GENDER AND NUMBER

                  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine,  feminine
or neuter  gender,  they  shall be  construed  as though  they were also used in
another  gender in all cases where they would so apply,  and  whenever any words
are used  herein in the  singular or plural  form,  they shall be  construed  as
though  they were also used in the other  form in all cases  where they would so
apply.

9.11     LEGAL ACTION

                  In the  event  any  claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is  brought
regarding  the Trust and/or Plan  established  hereunder to which the Trustee or
the  Administrator  may be a party,  and such  claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is
resolved in favor of the Trustee or Administrator,  they shall be entitled to be
reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other
expenses  pertaining  thereto  incurred by them for which they shall have become
liable.

9.13     PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

                  (a)  Except  as  provided  below  and  otherwise  specifically
         permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of
         the  Trust,  by  termination  of  either,  by  power of  revocation  or


                                       77
<PAGE>

         amendment,   by  the  happening  of  any  contingency,   by  collateral
         arrangement.  or by any  other  means,  for any part of the  corpus  or
         income of any Trust Fund  maintained  pursuant to the Plan or any funds
         contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
         the exclusive benefit of Participants,  Retired Participants,  or their
         Beneficiaries.

                  (b) In the event the Employer shall make a contribution  under
         a mistake of fact  pursuant  to Section  403(c)(2)(A)  of the Act,  the
         Employer may demand  repayment of such  contribution at any time within
         one (1) year  following  the time of  payment  and the  Trustees  shall
         return  such  amount to the  Employer  within the one (1) year  period.
         Earnings  of the  Plan  attributable  to the  contributions  may not be
         returned  to the  Employer  but any losses  attributable  thereto  must
         reduce the amount so returned.'

9.15     BONDING

                  Every Fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless
exempted by the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not
less than 10% of the  amount  oil the funds such  Fiduciary  handles;  provided,
however,  that the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond,  $500,000.
The amount of funds  handled  shall be  determined at the beginning of each Plan
Year by the  amount  of funds  handled  by such  person,  group,  or class to be
covered and their  predecessors,  if any,  during the preceding Plan Year, or if
there is no preceding  Plan Year,  then by the amount of the funds to be handled
during the then current  year.  The bond shall  provide  protection  to the Plan
against any loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the Fiduciary alone
or in connivance with others. The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as
such term is used in Act  Section  412(a)(2)),  and the bond  shall be in a form
approved by the Secretary of Labor.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election
of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

9.17     EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

                  Neither the Employer nor the  Trustee,  nor their  successors,
shall be responsible  for the validity of any Contract  issued  hereunder or for
the  failure on the part of the  Insurer to make  payments  provided by any such
Contract,  or for the action of any person  which may delay  payment or render a
Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

9.19     INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

                  The Insurer who shall issue Contracts hereunder shall not have
any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects
of this Plan.  The Insurer  shall be  protected  and held  harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee,  and shall have no duty to
see to the  application  of any funds paid to the  Trustee,  nor be  required to


                                       78
<PAGE>

question any actions  directed by the Trustee.  Regardless  of any  provision of
this Plan,  the Insurer  shall not be required to take or.  permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege  contrary to the terms of any  Contract  which it
issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

9.21     RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

                  Any  payment  to any  Participant,  his legal  representative,
Beneficiary,  or to any guardian or committee  appointed for such Participant or
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent
thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and
the Employer.

9.23     ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

                  Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted
or required  to do or perform  any act or matter or thing,  it shall be done and
performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

9.25     NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

                  The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2i
the  Administrator,  (3) the Trustee,  and (4) any investment  Manager appointed
hereunder.  The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan.
In  general,  the  Employer  shall have the sole  responsibility  for making the
contributions  or  provided  for under  Section  4-1;  and  shall  have the sole
authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator;  to formulate
the Plan's "funding policy and method";  and to amend the elective provisions of
the  Adoption  Agreement  or  terminate,  in  whole or in part,  the  Plan.  The
Administrator  shall have the sole  responsibility for the administration of the
Plan, which  responsibility is specifically  described in the Plan. The  Trustee
shall have the sole  responsibility  of  management of the assets held under the
Trust,  except those  assets,  the  management  of which has been assigned to an
Investment  Manager or  Administrator,  who shall be solely  responsible for the
management  of the assets  assigned to it, all as  specifically  provided in the
Plan.  Each named  Fiduciary  warrants that any  directions  given,  information
furnished,  or action taken by it shall be in accordance  with the provisions of
the Plan,  authorizing or providing for such  direction,  information or action.
Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction,  information
or action of another named  Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not
required  under the Plan to inquire into the  propriety  of any such  direction,
information or action.  It is intended under the Plan that each named  Fiduciary
shall  be  responsible  for  the  proper  exercise  of its own  powers,  duties,
responsibilities  and  obligations  under the  Plan.  No named  Fiduciary  shall
guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against  investment  loss or depreciation
in asset  value.  Any  person  or group  may  serve in more  than one  Fiduciary
capacity.


                                       79
<PAGE>

9.27     HEADINGS

                  The headings and  subheadings  of this Plan have been inserted
for  convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any  construction  of the
provisions hereof.

9.29     APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

                  (a)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  if,
         pursuant to a timely application filed by or in behalf of the Plan, the
         Commissioner  of  internal  Revenue  Service  or  his  delegate  should
         determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan
         under  Code  Sections  401  and  501,  and  such  determination  is not
         contested,  or if contested,  is finally  upheld then if the Plan is a
         new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts contributed to the
         Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one
         year and the Plan shall terminate, and. the Trustee shall be discharged
         from all further  obligations.  If the  disqualification  relates to an
         amended plan, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended
         and restated.

                  (b)   Except  as   specifically   stated  in  the  Plan,   any
         contribution by the Employer to the Trust Fund is conditioned  upon the
         deductibility  of the  contribution by the Employer under the Code and,
         to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may within
         one (1)  year  following  a final  determination  of the  disallowance,
         whether by  agreement  with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or by final
         decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such
         disallowed  contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution
         within one (1) year  following the  disallowance.  Earnings of the Plan
         attributable  to the.  excess  contribution  may not be returned to the
         ".Employer,  but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount
         so returned.

9.31     UNIFORMITY

                  All provisions of this Plan shall be  interpreted  and applied
in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner.

9.33     PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

                  Benefits  under  this Plan  shall be paid,  subject to Section
6.10 and Section 6.11 only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or
early retirement, termination of employment, or upon Plan Termination.

                                       80
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE X.
                             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

10.1     ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

                  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  with the
consent of the Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan
and all of the  provisions  hereof,  and  participate  herein  and be known as a
Participating Employer, by properly executed document evidencing said intent and
will of such Participating Employer.

10.3     REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

                  (a) Each  Participating  Employer  shall be required to select
         the  same  Adoption  Agreement  provisions  as  those  selected  by the
         Employer  other than the Plan Year,  the  Fiscal  Year,  and such other
         items that must, by necessity, vary among employers.

                  (b) Each such Participating  Employer shall be required to use
the same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

                  (c) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to,  commingle,
         hold  and  invest  as  one  Trust  Fund  all   contributions   made  by
         Participating Employers, as well as all increments thereof.

                  (d) The  transfer  of any  Participant  from or to an Employer
         participating  in this Plan,  whether he be an Employee of the Employer
         or a Participating Employer, shall not affect such Participant's rights
         under the Plan, and all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined
         Account as well as his accumulated  service time with the transferor or
         predecessor,  and  his  length  of  participation  in the  Plan,  shall
         continue to his credit.

                  (e)  Any  expenses  of the  Plan  which  are to be paid by the
         Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating
         Employer in the same  proportion  that the total amount standing to the
         credit of all Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total
         standing to the credit of all Participants.

10.5     DESIGNATION OF AGENT

                  Each  Participating  Employer  shall be deemed to be a part of
this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the
Trustee  and  Administrator  for the  purpose of this Plan,  each  Participating
Employer  shall be deemed to have  designated  irrevocably  the  Employer as its
agent.  Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates the contrary,  the word
of "Employer" shall be deemed to include each Participating  Employer as related
to its adoption of the Plan.

10.7     EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

                  It is anticipated that an Employee may. be transferred between
Participating  Employers,  and in the event of any such  transfer,  the Employee
involved shall carry with him his accumulated  service and eligibility.  No such
transfer   shall  effect  a  termination  of  employment   hereunder,   and  the

                                       81
<PAGE>

Participating  Employer to which the  Employee is  transferred  shall  thereupon
become  obligated  hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as
was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

10.9     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

                  Any  contribution or Forfeiture  subject to allocation  during
each Plan Year shall be allocated among all  Participants  of all  Participating
Employers in accordance with the provisions.  of this Plan. On tile basis of the
information  furnished by the  Administrator,  the Trustee  shall keep  separate
books  and  records  concerning  the  affairs  of  each  Participating  Employer
hereunder  and  as to  the  accounts  and  credits  of  the  Employees  or  each
Participating  Employer. The Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as
to  evidence  that a  particular  Participating  Employer  is  title  interested
Employer  hereunder,  but  in  the  event  of  an  Employee  transfer  from  one
Participating  Employer to another,  the employing  Employer  shall  immediately
notify the Trustee thereof.

10.11    AMENDMENT

                  Amendment  of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there
shall be a Participating  Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action
of each and every  Participating  Employer  and with the  consent of the Trustee
where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

10.13     DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

                  Except in the case of a Standardized  Plan, any  Participating
Employer shall be permitted to discontinue  or revoke its  participation  in the
Plan  at any  time.  At the  time  of any  such  discontinuance  or  revocation,
satisfactory  evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be
delivered to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall  thereafter  transfer,  deliver and
assign  Contracts and other Trust Fund assets  allocable to the  Participants of
such Participating Employer to such new Trustee as shall have been designated by
such  Participating  Employer,  in the event that it has  established a separate
pension plan for its Employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be
made if the result is the  elimination  or reduction  of any "Section  411(d)(6)
protected  benefits"  in  accordance  with  Section  8.1(e).  If no successor is
designated,  the Trustee  shall  retain such  assets for the  Employees  of said
Participating  Employer  pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no
such  event  shall any part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Trust  Fund as it
relates to such  Participating  Employer  be used for or diverted  for  purposes
other than for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Employees  of such  Participating
Employer.

10.15    ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY


                                       82
<PAGE>

                  The  Administrator  shall have  authority  to make any and all
necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all
Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article.
10.17    PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

                  If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part
from making a contribution  which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by
reason of having no current or accumulated  earnings or profits, or because such
earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have
made, then, Pursuant to Code Section  404(a)(3)(B),  so much of the contribution
which such Participating  Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for
the benefit of the participating  employees of such Participating  Employer,  by
other  Participating  Employers  who are  members of the same  affiliated  group
within  the  meaning  of Code  Section  1504 to the  extent of their  current or
accumulated  earnings or profits,  except  that such  contribution  by each such
other  Participating  Employer  shall be limited to the  proportion of its total
current and accumulated  earnings or profits  remaining after adjustment for its
contribution  to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph  which the total
prevented  contribution  bears to the total current and accumulated  earnings or
profits of all the  Participating  Employers  remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph.

                  A  Participating  Employer  on  behalf  of whose  employees  a
contribution is made under this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the
contributing Participating Employers.

                                   ARTICLE XI.
                           CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

                  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  in the Plan to the contrary,
the  provisions  of this Article  shall apply with respect to any 401(k)  Profit
Sharing Plan.

11.1     FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

                  (a) The amount of the total  salary  reduction  elections  all
         Participants  made  pursuant to Section 11. 2(a) which  amount shall be
         deemed an Employer's Elective Contribution, plus

                  (b) If specified in E3 of the Adoption  Agreement,  a matching
         contribution  equal  to  the  percentage   specified  in  the  Adoption
         Agreement of the Deferred  Compensation of each Participant eligible to
         share in the  allocations  of the matching  contribution,  which amount
         shall be deemed an Employer's  Non-Elective or Elective Contribution as
         selected in the Adoption Agreement, plus

                                       83
<PAGE>

                  (c)  if  specified  in  E4  of  the  Adoption   Agreement,   a
         discretionary  amount,  if any,  which  shall be deemed  an  Employer's
         Non-Elective Contribution, plus

                  (d) if specified in E5 of the Adoption Agreement,  a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,  the Employer's
         contributions  for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum  amount
         allowable as a deduction to the Employer  under the  provisions of Code
         Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or
         in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

                  (f) Except,  however,  to the extent  necessary to provide the
         top heavy minimum  allocations,  the Employer shall make a contribution
         even if it  exceeds  current  or  accumulated  Net Profit or the amount
         which is deductible under Code Section 404.

                  (g)  Employer  Elective   Contributions   accumulated  through
         payroll deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest date
         on which such  contributions  can  reasonably  be  segregated  from the
         Employer's  general  assets,  but in any event within  ninety (90) days
         from the date on which such amounts would  otherwise  have been payable
         to the  Participant  in cash.  The  provisions  of  Department of Labor
         regulations   2510.3-102   are   incorporated   herein  by   reference.
         Furthermore,  any additional Employer contributions which are allocable
         to the Participant's  Elective Account for a Plan Year shall be paid to
         the Plan no later than the twelve-month  period  immediately  following
         the close of such Plan Year.

11.3     PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

                  (a) If selected in the Adoption  Agreement,  each  Participant
         may elect to defer his  Compensation  which would have been received in
         the  Plan  Year,  but  for  the  deferral  election,   subject  to  the
         limitations  of this  Section and the  Adoption  Agreement.  A deferral
         election (or modification of an earlier  election) may not be made with
         respect to Compensation  which is currently  available on or before the
         date the Participant executed such election, or if later, the latest of
         the date the Employer adopts this cash or deferred arrangement,  or the
         date such  arrangement  first  became  effective.  Any  elections  made
         pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  become  effective  as  soon  as  is
         administratively feasible.

                  Additionally,  if  elected  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  each
         Participant  may elect to defer and have  allocated for a Plan Year all
         or a portion of any cash bonus  attributable  to services  performed by
         the  Participant for the Employer during such Plan Year and which would
         have  been   received  by  the   Participant   on  or  before  two  and
         one-half-months  following  the  end of  the  Plan  Year  but  for  the
         deferral.  A deferral  elect on may not be made with respect  "bonuses"
         which  are  currently  available  on or  before  to cash  the  date the

                                       84
<PAGE>

         Participant executed such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, cash
         bonuses  attributable to services performed by the Participant during a
         Plan Year but which are to be paid to the  Participant  later  than two
         and one-half months after the close of such Plan Year will be subjected
         to whatever  deferral election is in effect at the time such cash bonus
         would have otherwise been received.

                  The  amount by which  Compensation  and/or  cash  bonuses  are
         reduced  shall  be  that  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  and be
         treated as an Employer  Elective  Contribution  and  allocated  to that
         Participant's Elective Account.

                          Once  made,   a   Participant's   election  to  reduce
         Compensation  shall  remain in effect  until  modified  or  terminated.
         Modifications may be made as specified in the Adoption  Agreement,  and
         terminations  may be. made at any time. Any modification or termination
         of an election  will become  effective  as soon as is  administratively
         feasible.

                  (b) The balance in each  Participant's  Elective Account shall
         be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for
         any reason.

                  (c)  Amounts  held in the  Participants  Elective  Account and
         Qualified  Non-Elective Account may be distributable as permitted under
         the Plan, but in no event prior to the. earlier of:

                  (1) a Participant's termination  of  employment,  Total  and
                  Permanent Disability, or death;

                  (2) a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

                  (3) the proven financial hardship of a Participant, subject to
                  the limitations of Section 11.8;

                  (4) the  termination of the Plan without -the existence at the
                  time of Plan termination of another defined  contribution plan
                  (other than an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as defined in
                  Code Section 4975(e) (7)) or the  establishment of a successor
                  defined  contribution  plan  (other  than  an  employee  stock
                  ownership plan as defined in Code Section  4975(e) (7)) by the
                  Employer or an  Affiliated  Employer  within the period ending
                  twelve months after  distribution  of all assets from the Plan
                  maintained by the Employer;

                  (5) the date of the sale by the  Employer to an entity that is
                  not an Affiliated  Employer of substantially all of the assets
                  (within the meaning of Code  Section 409 (d) (2)) with respect
                  to a Participant who continues employment with the corporation
                  acquiring such assets; or

                                       85
<PAGE>

                  (6) the  date of the  sale by the  Employer  or an  Affiliated
                  Employer of its interest in a  subsidiary  (within the meaning
                  of Code  Section  409 (d)  113)) to an  entity  that is not an
                  Affiliated   Employer  with  respect  to  a  Participant   who
                  continues employment with such subsidiary.

                  (d) In any Plan Year  beginning  after  December  31,  1987, a
         Participant's  Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other
         plans,  contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan
         shall not exceed the limitation  imposed by Code Section 402(g),  as in
         effect for the calendar year in which such Plan Year began. This dollar
         limitation shall be adjusted  annually  pursuant to the method provided
         in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

                  (e) In  the  event  a  Participant  has  received  a  hardship
         distribution pursuant to Regulation  1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B)  from any
         other  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  or  from  his  Participant's
         Elective Account pursuant to Section 11.8, then such Participant  shall
         not be permitted to elect to have Deferred Compensation  contributed to
         the Plan on his behalf  for a period of twelve  (12)  months  following
         the. receipt of the  distribution.  Furthermore,  the dollar limitation
         under  Code  Section  402(g)  shall be  reduced,  with  respect  to the
         Participant's  taxable  year  following  the taxable  year in which the
         hardship  distribution  was made,  by the amount of such  Participant's
         Deferred  Compensation,  if any,  made  pursuant  to this Plan (and any
         other plan  maintained  by the  Employer)  for the taxable  year of the
         hardship distribution.

                           (f) If a Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  under
         this  Plan  together  with  any  elective   deferrals  (as  defined  in
         Regulation  1.402(g)-l(b))  under  another  qualified  cash or deferred
         arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)), a simplified  employee
         pension  (as  defined  in Code  Section  408(k)),  a  salary  reduction
         arrangement  (within  the  meaning of Code  Section  3121(a)(5)(D)),  a
         deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, or a trust described
         in Code Section 501(c)(18)  cumulatively  exceed the limitation imposed
         by Code Section  402(g) (as adjusted  annually in  accordance  with the
         method  provided in Code Section 415(d)  pursuant to  Regulations)  for
         such  Participant's  taxable year, the Participant  may, not later than
         March  1st  following  the  close  of  his  taxable  year,  notify  the
         Administrator  in writing of such excess and request  that his Deferred
         Compensation  under this Plan be reduced by an amount  specified by the
         Participant.  In such event, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee
         to  distribute  such excess  amount (and any Income  allocable  to such
         excess amount) to the  Participant  not later than the first April 15th
         following the close of the Participant's taxable year. Distributions in
         accordance  with this paragraph may be made for any taxable year of the
         Participant  which begins after December 31, 1986. Any  distribution of
         less than the entire amount of Excess Deferred  Compensation and Income
         shall  be  treated  as a  pro  rata  distribution  of  Excess  Deferred
         Compensation and Income.  The amount  distributed  shall not exceed the

                                       86
<PAGE>

         Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  under  the Plan for the  taxable
         year. Any  distribution on or before the last day of the  Participant's
         taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

                  (1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess
                  Deferred Compensation;

                  (2) the distribution  must be made after the date on which the
                  Plan received the Excess Deferred Compensation; and

                  (3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution
                  of Excess Deferred compensation.

                  For the purpose of this section,  "Income" means the amount of
         income  or  loss   allocable  to  a   Participant's   Excess   Deferred
         Compensation  and  shall be equal to the sum of the  allocable  gain or
         loss for the taxable year of the  Participant and the allocable gain or
         loss  for  the  period  between  the end of  the,  taxable  year of the
         Participant and the date of distribution ("gap period").  The income or
         loss  allocable  to each such period is  calculated  separately  and is
         determined  by  multiplying   the  income  or  loss  allocable  to  the
         Participant's  Deferred  Compensation for the respective fraction.  The
         numerator  of  the  fraction  is  the  Participant's   Excess  Deferred
         Compensation  for  the  taxable  Participant.  The  denominator  is the
         balance, as period by a Participant' year of the of the last day of the
         respective  period,  of the  Participant's  Elective  Account  that  is
         attributable to, the Participant's Deferred Compensation reduced by the
         gain  allocable  to such  total  amount for the  respective  period and
         increased by the loss allocable to such total amount for the respective
         period.

                  In lieu of the "fractional  method"  described  above, a "safe
         harbor  method" may be used to calculate the  allocable  income or loss
         for the "gap period". Under such "safe harbor method", allocable income
         or loss for the "gap period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%)
         of the income or loss  allocable  to a  Participant's  Excess  Deferred
         Compensation for the taxable year of the Participant  multiplied by the
         number  of  calendar  months  in the  "gap  period".  For  purposes  of
         determining  the  number  of  calendar  months in the "gap  period",  a
         distribution  occurring  on or before  the  fifteenth  day of the month
         shall be treated as having  been made on the last day of the  preceding
         month and a  distribution  occurring  after such fifteenth day shall be
         treated  as having  been  made on the first day of the next  subsequent
         month.

                  Income  or  loss  allocable  to  any  distribution  of  Excess
         Deferred  Compensation on or before the last day of the taxable year of
         the  Participant  shall be calculated from the first day of the taxable
         year of the  Participant to the date on which the  distribution is made
         pursuant to either the "fractional method" or the "safe harbor method".

                                       87
<PAGE>

                  Notwithstanding  the above, for the 1987 calendar year, Income
         during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

                  (g) Notwithstanding the above, a Participant's Excess Deferred
         Compensation shall be reduced, but. not below zero, by any distribution
         and/or  recharacterization of Excess Contributions  pursuant to Section
         11-5(a) for the Plan Year  beginning with or within the taxable year of
         the Participant.

                  (h) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant  shall be  entitled  to receive  benefits,  the fair market
         value of the  Participant's  Elective  Account shall be used to provide
         benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

                  (i)  Employer  Elective  Contributions  made  pursuant to this
         Section may be segregated into a separate  account for each Participant
         in a federally  insured  savings  account,  certificate of deposit in a
         bank or savings and loan  association,  money  market  certificate,  or
         other  short-term  debt  security  acceptable to the Trustee until such
         time as the allocations pursuant to Section 11.3 have been made.

                  (j) The Employer and the Administrator shall adopt a procedure
         necessary  to implement  the salary  reduction  elections  provided for
         herein.

11.5     ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

                  (a) The Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account
         in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit
         as of each  Anniversary  Date,  or other  valuation  date,  all amounts
         allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

                  (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all
         information  required by the  Administrator to make a proper allocation
         of the Employer's contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable
         period of time after the date of receipt by the  Administrator  of such
         information,  the  Administrator  shall allocate such  contribution  as
         follows:

                  (1) With respect to the Employer's Elective  Contribution made
                  pursuant to Section 11.1(a),  to each  Participant's  Elective
                  Account in an amount equal to each such Participant's Deferred
                  Compensation for the year.

                  (2) With respect to the Employer's matching  Contribution made
                  pursuant to Section 11.1(b), to each Participant's Account, or
                  Participant's  Elective  Account  as  selected  in E3  of  the
                  Adoption Agreement, in accordance with Section 11.1(b).

                  Except, however, a Participant who is not credited with a Year
                  of  Service  during  any Plan Year shall or shall not share in
                  the Employer's Matching Contribution for that year as provided

                                       88
<PAGE>

                  in E3 of the  Adoption  Agreement.  However,  for  Plan  Years
                  beginning  after  1989,  if this  is a  standardized  Plan,  a
                  Participant   shall   share   in   the   Employer's   matching
                  Contribution regardless of Hours of Service.

                  (3) With respect to the Employer's  Non-Elective  Contribution
                  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(c),  to  each  Participant's
                  Account  in  accordance   with  the   provisions  of  Sections
                  4.3(b)(2) or 4.3(b)(3),  whichever is  applicable,  4.3(k) and
                  4.3(l).

                  (4) With  respect  to the  Employer's  Qualified  Non-Elective
                  Contribution  made  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(d),   to  each
                  Participant's  Qualified Non-Elective  Contribution Account in
                  the same proportion that each such Participant's  Compensation
                  for  the  year  bears  to  the  total   Compensation   of  all
                  Participants  for  such  year.  However,  for  any  Plan  Year
                  beginning  prior to  January  1,  1990,  and if elected in the
                  non-standardized   Adoption   Agreement   for  any  Plan  Year
                  beginning on or after  January 1, 1990, a  Participant  who is
                  not credited with a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall
                  not   share   in   the   Employer's   Qualified   Non-Elective
                  Contribution  for  that  year,  unless  required  pursuant  to
                  Section 4.3(h). In addition, the provisions of Sections 4.3(k)
                  and 4.3(l) shall apply with respect to the  allocation  of the
                  Employer's Qualified Non-Elective contribution.

                  (c) Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, for
         Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, in determining  whether a
         Non-Key  Employee has  received  the  required  mil minimum  allocation
         pursuant  to  Section  4.3  (f)  such   Non-Key   Employee's   Deferred
         Compensation  and  matching  contributions  used to satisfy the "Actual
         Deferral  Percentage"  test pursuant to Section  11.4(a) or the "Actual
         Contribution  Percentage"  test of Section  11.6(a)  shall not be taken
         into account.

                  (d)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         participants who terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share
         in the salary reduction contributions made by the Employer for the year
         of termination without regard to the Hours oil Service credited.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary  (other
         than Sections  11.3(d) and 11.3(g)),  any  Participant  who  terminated
         employment during the Plan Year for reasons other than death, Total and
         Permanent  Disability,  or  retirement  shall or shall not share in the
         allocations of the Employer's  Matching  Contribution  made pursuant to
         Section  11.1(b),  the  Employer's   Non-Elective   Contributions  made
         pursuant to Section  11.1(c),  the  Employer's  Qualified  Non-Elective
         Contribution  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(d),  and  Forfeitures  as
         provided in the Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
         Plan Years  beginning  after 1989, if this is a standardized  Plan, any


                                       89
<PAGE>

         such terminated  Participant  shall share in such allocations  provided
         the terminated Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

                  (f)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         Participants  terminating  for  reasons of death,  Total and  Permanent
         Disability,  or  retirement  shall  share  in  the  allocation  of  the
         Employer's Matching  Contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(b), the
         Employer's Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c),
         the Employer's  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution  made pursuant to
         Section 11.1(d), and Forfeitures as provided in this Section regardless
         of whether they completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to
         the contrary,  if this is a non-standardized  Plan that would otherwise
         fail to meet the  requirements  of Code Sections 401 (a) (26),  410 (b)
         (1),  or 410 (b) (2) (A)  (i) and the  Regulations  thereunder  because
         Employer  matching  Contributions  made  pursuant  to Section  11.1(b),
         Employer Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c) or
         Employer Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions made pursuant to Section
         11.1(d) have not been allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of
         Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

                  (1)  The  group  of  Participants  eligible  to  share  in the
                  respective  contributions  for the Plan Year shall be expanded
                  to include the minimum  number of  Participants  who would not
                  otherwise  be  eligible  as  are   necessary  to  satisfy  the
                  applicable test specified above. The specific participants who
                  shall become  eligible under the terms of this paragraph shall
                  be those who are actively employed on the last day of the Plan
                  Year and, when compared to  similarly  situated  Participants,
                  have completed the greatest  number of Hours of Service in the
                  Plan Year.

                  (2)  If  after   application  of  paragraph  (1)  above,   the
                  applicable  test is still  not  satisfied,  then the  group of
                  Participants  eligible  to share  for the Plan  Year  shall be
                  further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants
                  who are not  actively  employed  on the.  last day of the Plan
                  Year as are  necessary  to satisfy the  applicable  test.  The
                  specific Participants who shall become eligible to share shall
                  be those  Participants,  when  compared to similarly  situated
                  Participants,  who have completed the greatest number of Hours
                  of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

11.7     ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) Maximum  Annual  Allocation:  For each Plan Year beginning
         after  December 31, 1986, the annual  allocation  derived from Employer

                                       90
<PAGE>

         Elective  Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions to a
         Participant's Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account shall
         satisfy one of the "following tests:

                  (1) The "Actual Deferral Percentage for the Highly Compensated
                  Participant  group shall not be more than the "Actual Deferral
                  Percentage" of the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group
                  multiplied by 1.25, or

                  (2) The excess of the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the
                  Highly Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral
                  Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group
                  shall not be more than two  percentage  points.  Additionally,
                  the "Actual  Deferral Percentage"  for the Highly  Compensated
                  Participant  group  shall  not  exceed  the  `Actual  Deferral
                  Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group
                  multiplied by 2. The provisions of Code Section  401(k)(3) and
                  Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b) are incorporated herein by reference.

                  However,  for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to
                  prevent the multiple use of the alternative  method  described
                  in  (2)  above  and  Code  Section  401(m)(9)(A),  any  Highly
                  Compensated  Participant  eligible to make elective  deferrals
                  pursuant to Section 11.2 and to make Employee contributions or
                  to receive I matching  contributions  under this Plan or under
                  any other plan  maintained  by the  Employer or an  Affiliated
                  Employer  shall have his  actual  contribution  ratio  reduced
                  pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2, the provisions of which are
                  incorporated herein by reference.

                  (b)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  "Actual   Deferral
         Percentage" means, with respect to the Highly  Compensated  Participant
         group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the
         average of the ratios,  calculated  separately for each  Participant in
         such  group,  of the  amount of  Employer  Elective  Contributions  and
         Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  allocated to each Participant's
         Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account for such Plan Year,
         to such  Participant's  "414(s)  Compensation"  for such Plan Year. The
         actual  deferral ratio for each  Participant  and the "Actual  Deferral
         Percentage"  for each grout),  for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31,  1988,  shall be  calculated  to the nearest  one-hundredth  of one
         percent of the Participant's "414(s)  Compensation".  Employer Elective
         Contributions  allocated to each Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant's
         Elective  Account shall be reduced by Excess  Deferred  Compensation to
         the extent  such  excess  amounts are made under this Plan or any other
         plan maintained by the Employer.

                  (c) For the purpose of determining  the actual  deferral ratio
         of a Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member
         aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
         either a "five  percent  owner" of the  Employer or one of the ten (10)


                                       91
<PAGE>

         Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid the  greatest  "415  Compensation"
         during the year, the following shall apply:

                  (1) The combined  actual  deferral  ratio for the family group
                  (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant)
                  shall  be  the  greater  of:  (i)  the  ratio   determined  by
                  aggregating   Employer  Elective   Contributions  and  `414(s)
                  Compensation"  of all eligible  Family  Members who are Highly
                  Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation;
                  and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer Elective
                  Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family
                  Members (including Highly Compensated Participants).  However,
                  in applying the $200,000  limit to "414(s)  Compensation"  for
                  Plan Years beginning  after December 31, 1988,  Family Members
                  shall  include  only the  affected  Employee's  spouse and any
                  lineal  descendants  who have not  attained  age 19 before the
                  close of the Plan Year.

                  (2)  The  Employer   Elective   Contributions   and  "414  (s)
                  Compensation"  of all Family Members shall be disregarded  for
                  purposes of determining  the "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" of
                  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group except to the
                  extent taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

                  (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member
                  of more than one family group in a plan, all  Participants who
                  are  members  of  those   family   groups  that   include  the
                  Participant  are  aggregated as one family group in accordance
                  with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (d) For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  and  Code  Sections
         401(a)W,  410(b) and 401(k), if two or more plans which include cash or
         deferred  arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code
         Section  401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than Code Section  401(b)(2)(A)(ii)
         as in effect for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1988),  the
         cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans shall be treated
         as  one  arrangement.  In  addition,  two  or  more  cash  or  deferred
         arrangements may be considered as a single  arrangement for purposes of
         determining whether or not such arrangements  satisfy Code Sections 401
         (a) (4),  410 (b) and  401(k).  In such a case,  the  cash or  deferred
         arrangements  included  in such  plans  and the  plans  including  such
         arrangements  shall be treated as one  arrangement  and as one plan for
         purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401 (a) (4), 410 (b) and 401
         (k). For plan years  beginning  after  December 31, 1989,  plans may be
         aggregated  under  this  paragraph  (e) only if they have the same plan
         year.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years beginning
         after December 31, 1988, an employee stock  ownership plan described in
         Code Section 4975(e)(7) may not be combined with this Plan for purposes
         of determining  whether the employee stock  ownership plan or this Plan
         satisfies this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

                                       92
<PAGE>

                  (e) For the purposes of this Section,  if a Highly Compensated
         Participant  is a  Participant  under two (2) or more cash or  deferred
         arrangements  (other than a cash or deferred  arrangement which is part
         of an  employee  stock  ownership  plan  as  defined  in  Code  Section
         4975(e)(7)  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1988) of the
         Employer  or  an  Affiliated  Employer,   all  such  cash  or  deferred
         arrangements  shall be treated as one cash or deferred  arrangement for
         the purpose of  determining  the actual  deferral ratio with respect to
         such Highly -Compensated Participant. However, for Plan Years beginning
         after  December 31,  1988,  if the cash or deferred  arrangements  have
         different Plan Years,  this paragraph  shall be applied by treating all
         cash or deferred  arrangements  ending with or within the same calendar
         year as a single arrangement.

11.9     ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST

                  In the event that the initial  allocations of the.  Employer's
Elective Contributions and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions do not satisfy
one of the tests set forth in,  Section  11.4,  for Plan Years  beginning  after
December 31, 1986, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions  pursuant
to the options set forth below:

                  (a)  On or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  third  month
         following the end of each Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant
         having the  highest  actual  deferral  ratio  shall have his portion of
         Excess  Contributions   distributed  to  him  and/or  at  his  election
         recharacterized  as  a  voluntary  Employee  contribution  pursuant  to
         Section  4.7  until  one of the  tests  set  forth in  Section  11.4 is
         satisfied,  or until  his  actual  deferral  ratio  equals  the  actual
         deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated  Participant having the second
         highest actual deferral ratio. This process shall continue until one of
         the tests set  forth in  Section  11.4 is  satisfied.  For each  Highly
         Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess Contributions is equal to
         the Elective  Contributions  and Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions
         made on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant (determined prior
         to the  application of this paragraph)  minus the amount  determined by
         multiplying the Highly Compensated  Participant's actual deferral ratio
         (determined  after  application  of  this  paragraph)  by  his  "414(s)
         Compensation".   However,   in   determining   the   amount  of  Excess
         Contributions to be distributed and/or  recharacterized with respect to
         an affected Highly Compensated  Participant as determined herein,  such
         amount shall be reduced by any Excess Deferred Compensation  previously
         distributed to such affected  Highly  Compensated  Participant  for his
         taxable  year ending with or within  such Plan Year.  Any  distribution
         and/or  recharacterization  of  Excess  Contributions  shall be made in
         accordance with the following:

                  (1) with respect to the  distribution of Excess  Contributions
                  pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:


                                       93
<PAGE>

                           (i) may be postponed  but not later than the close of
                           the Plan Year  following  the Plan Year to which they
                           are allocable;

                           (ii)  shall be made  first  from  unmatched  Deferred
                           Compensation  and,  thereafter,  simultaneously  from
                           Deferred  Compensation  which is matched and matching
                           contributions   which   relate   to   such   Deferred
                           Compensation.     However,    any    such    matching
                           contributions which are not vested shall be forfeited
                           in lieu of being distributed;

                           (iii)  shall  be  made  from  Qualified  Non-Elective
                           Contributions   only  to  the  extent   that   Excess
                           Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant's
                           Elective    Account    attributable    to    Deferred
                           Compensation and Employer matching contributions.

                           (iv)     shall be adjusted for Income; and

                           (v)  shall  be   designated  by  the  Employer  as  a
                           distribution of Excess Contributions (and Income).

                  (2)  With   respect  to  the   recharacterization   of  Excess
                  Contributions  pursuant  to (a)  above,  such  recharacterized
                  amounts:

                           (i) shall be deemed to have  occurred  on the date on
                           which   the   last  of   those   Highly   Compensated
                           Participants   with   Excess   Contributions   to  be
                           recharacterized is notified of the recharacterization
                           and the tax consequences of such recharacterization;

                           (ii) for Plan  Years  ending on or  before  August 8,
                           1988, may be postponed but not later than October 24,
                           1988;

                           (iii)   shall  not  exceed  the  amount  of  Deferred
                           Compensation  on  behalf  of any  Highly  Compensated
                           Participant for any Plan Year;

                           (iv)   shall  be  treated   as   voluntary   Employee
                           contributions  for  purposes of Code  Section 401 (a)
                           (4) and  Regulation 1. 401 (k) -1 (b).  However,  for
                           purposes of Sections 2.2 and 4.3(f),  recharacterized
                           Excess  Contributions   continue  to  be  treated  as
                           Employer     contributions    that    are    Deferred
                           Compensation. For Plan Years beginning after December
                           31, 1988,  Excess  Contributions  recharacterized  as
                           voluntary Employee contributions shall continue to be
                           nonforfeitable  and subject to the same  distribution
                           rules provided for in Section 11.2(c);

                           (v) which  relate to Plan  Years  ending on or before
                           October 24, 1988,  may be treated as either  Employer


                                       94
<PAGE>

                           contributions or voluntary Employee contributions and
                           therefore  shall not be subject L-0 the  restrictions
                           of Section 11.2(c);

                           (vi) are not permitted if the amount  recharacterized
                           plus voluntary Employee  contributions  actually made
                           by such Highly  Compensated  Participant,  exceed the
                           maximum  amount  voluntary   Employee   contributions
                           (determined  prior to  application  of Section  11.6)
                           that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted
                           to  make   under   the   Plan  in  the   absence   of
                           recharacterization;

                           (vii) shall be adjusted for Income.

                  (3) Any distribution  and/or  recharacterization  of less than
                  the entire amount of Excess  Contributions shall be treated as
                  a pro rata distribution  and/or  recharacterization  of Excess
                  Contributions and Income.

                  (4) The determination  and correction of Excess  Contributions
                  of a Highly  Compensated  Participant  whose  actual  deferral
                  ratio is determined under the family  aggregation  rules shall
                  be accomplished as follows:

                           (i) If the  actual  deferral  ratio  for  the  Highly
                           Compensated  Participant  is determined in accordance
                           with  Section  11. 4 (c) (1)  (ii), then the  actual
                           deferral  ratio shall be reduced as  required  herein
                           and the  Excess  Contributions  for the  family  unit
                           shall  be  allocated  among  the  Family  Members  in
                           proportion  to the  Elective  Contributions  of  each
                           Family  Member that were  combined to  determine  the
                           group actual deferral ratio.

                           (ii) If the  actual  deferral  ratio  for the  Highly
                           Compensated  Participant is determined  under Section
                           11. 4 (c) (1) (i),  then the  actual  deferral  ratio
                           shall  first be reduced as required  herein,  but not
                           below  the  actual  deferral  ratio  of the  group of
                           Family   Members  who  are  not  Highly   Compensated
                           Participants  without  regard to family  aggregation.
                           The Excess Contributions  resulting from this initial
                           reduction   shall  be  allocated  (in  proportion  to
                           Elective  Contributions) among the Highly Compensated
                           Participants   whose  Elective   Contributions   were
                           combined to determine the actual  deferral  ratio. If
                           further  reduction  is still  required,  then  Excess
                           Contributions  resulting from this further  reduction
                           shall  be  determined  by  taking  into  account  the
                           contributions  of all  Family  Members  and  shall be
                           allocated   among   them  in   proportion   to  their
                           respective Elective Contributions.

                  (b) Within  twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year,
         the Employer shall make a special Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution


                                       95
<PAGE>

         on  behalf  of  Non-Highly   Compensated   Participants  in  an  amount
         sufficient  to satisfy  one of the tests set forth in Section  11.4(a).
         Such  contribution  shall be allocated to the  Participant's  Qualified
         Non-Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated  Participant in the
         same  proportion  that  each   Non-Highly   Compensated   Participant's
         Compensation  for the  year  bears  to the  total  Compensation  of all
         Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

                  (c) For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income or
         loss  allocable to Excess  Contributions  which shall equal the sum. of
         the allocable  gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or
         loss for the  period  between  the end of the Plan Year and the date of
         distribution  ("gap  period").  The income or loss  allocable to Excess
         Contributions  for the Plan  Year and the "gap  period"  is  calculated
         separately and is determined by multiplying  the income or loss for the
         Plan Year or the "gap  period"  by a  fraction.  The  numerator  of the
         fraction is the Excess Contributions for the Plan Year. The denominator
         of the  fraction  is the total of the  Participant's  Elective  Account
         attributable to Elective Contributions and the Participant's  Qualified
         Non-Elective  account  as of the  end  of the  Plan  Year  or the  "gap
         period",  reduced by the gait  allocable  to such total  amount for the
         Plan Year or the "gap period" and  increased  by the loss  allocable to
         such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period".

                           In lieu of the "fractional method' described above, a
         "safe harbor method" may be used to calculate the allocable  Income for
         the "gap period". Under such "safe harbor method", allocable Income for
         the "gap  period"  shall be deemed to equal  ten  percent  (10%) of the
         Income  allocable  to  Excess  Contributions  for the Plan  Year of the
         Participant  multiplied  by the number of  calendar  months in the "gap
         period".  For purposes of determining  the number of calendar months in
         the  "gap  period",   a   distribution   occurring  on  or  before  the
         fifteenth day  of the month shall be treated as having been made on the
         last day of the  preceding.  month and a distribution  occurring  after
         such  fifteenth  day shall be treated as having  been made on the first
         day of the next subsequent month.

                           Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began
         in  1987,  Income  during  the "gap  period"  shall  not be taken  into
         account.

                  (d) Any amounts not  distributed or  recharacterized  within 2
         1/2  months  after the end of the Plan Year  shall  subject  to the 10%
         Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

11.11    ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a)  The  "Actual  Contribution  Percentage,  for  Plan  Years
         beginning  after  the  later  of the  Effective  Date of  this  Plan or
         December 31, 1986, for the Highly  Compensated  Participant group shall
         not exceed the greater of:


                                       96
<PAGE>

                  (1)  125  percent  Of  such   percentage  for  the  Non-Highly
                  Compensated Participant group; or

                  (2) the  lesser  of 200  Percent  of such  percentage  for the
                  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group, or such percentage
                  for  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group  plus  2
                  percentage  points.  However,  for Plan Years  beginning after
                  December  31,  1988,  to  prevent  the  multiple  use  of  the
                  alternative  method  described  in  this  paragraph  and  Code
                  Section  401(m)(9)(A),   any  Highly  Compensated  Participant
                  eligible to make elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2
                  or any other cash or deferred  arrangement  maintained  by the
                  Employer  or an  Affiliated  Employer  and  to  make  Employee
                  contributions or to receive matching  contributions  under any
                  plan  maintained  by the  Employer or an  Affiliated  Employer
                  shall have his actual  contribution  ratio reduced pursuant to
                  Regulation  1.401(m)2.  The provisions of Code Section 401 (m)
                  and Regulations  1.401(m)-l(b) and 1.401(m)-2 are incorporated
                  herein by reference.

                  (b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.7, "Actual
         Contribution  Percentage"  for a Plan Year means,  with  respect to the
         Highly   Compensated   Participant  group  and  No Highly   Compensated
         Participant group, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for
         each Participant in each group) of:

                  (1) the sum of Employer matching  contributions  made pursuant
                  to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching  contributions
                  are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section  11.4),
                  voluntary Employee  contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
                  and Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee
                  contributions  pursuant to Section 11.5 on behalf of each such
                  Participant for such Plan Year; to

                  (2) the  Participant's  "414(s)  Compensation"  for such  Plan
                  Year.

                  (c) For  purposes  of  determining  the  "Actual  Contribution
         Percentage" and the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions  pursuant
         to Section 11. 7 (d), only Employer matching contributions  contributed
         to the  Plan  prior to the end of the  succeeding  Plan  Year  shall be
         considered.  In  addition,  the  Administrator  may  elect to take into
         account,  with respect to Employees  eligible to have Employer matching
         contributions  made pursuant to Section  11.1(b) or voluntary  Employee
         contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7 allocated to their accounts,
         elective  deferrals  (as  defined  in  Regulation   1.402(g)-l(b))  and
         qualified  non-elective  contributions  (as defined in Code Section 401
         (m) (4) (C) ) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer.  Such
         elective deferrals and qualified  non-elective  contributions  shall be
         treated as Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 1. 401
         (m) -1 (b) (2) which is incorporated herein by reference.  However, for
         Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the


                                       97
<PAGE>

         same as the plan year of the plan to which the elective  deferrals  and
         the qualified non-elective contributions are made.

                  (d) For the  purpose of  determining  the actual  contribution
         ratio of a Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is  subject to the Family
         Member  aggregation  rules of Code  Section  414 (q) (6)  because  such
         Employee  is either a "five  owner" of the  Employer  or one of the ten
         (10)  Highly  Compensation"  percent  Compensated  Employees  paid  the
         greatest "415 during the year, the following shall apply:

                           (1) The combined actual  contribution  "ratio for the
                           family  group  (which  shall be treated as one Highly
                           Compensated Participant) shall be the greater of: (i)
                           the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
                           contributions  made pursuant to Section 11. 1 (b) (to
                           the extent such matching  contributions  are not used
                           to  satisfy  the tests set  forth in  Section  11.4),
                           voluntary  Employee  contributions  made  pursuant to
                           Section 4.7, Excess Contributions  recharacterized as
                           voluntary..   Employee   contributions   pursuant  to
                           Section  11.5  and  "414(s)   Compensation"   of  all
                           eligible  Family  Members who are Highly  Compensated
                           Participants  without  regard to family  aggregation;
                           and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer
                           matching   contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section
                           11.1(b)  (to the extent such  matching  contributions
                           are not  used to  satisfy  the  tests  set  forth  in
                           Section 11.4),  voluntary Employee contributions made
                           pursuant  to  Section   4.7,   Excess   Contributions
                           recharacterized as voluntary  Employee  contributions
                           pursuant to Section 11.5 and 0414(s) Compensation" of
                           all  eligible   Family  Members   (including   Highly
                           Compensated  Participants).  However, in applying the
                           $200,000  limit  to  "414(s)  Compensation"  for Plan
                           Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  Family
                           Members  shall  include only the affected  Employee's
                           spouse  and  any  lineal  descendants  who  have  not
                           attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year.

                           (2) The Employer matching contributions made pursuant
                           to  Section  11.1(b)  (to the  extent  such  matching
                           contributions  are not used to satisfy  the tests set
                           forth   in   Section   11.4),    voluntary   Employee
                           contributions  made  pursuant to Section 4.7,  Excess
                           Contributions  recharacterized  as voluntary Employee
                           Contributions  pursuant  to Section  11.5 and "414(s)
                           Compensation"   of  all  Family   Members   shall  be
                           disregarded  for purposes of determining  the "Actual
                           Contribution    Percentage"    of   the    Non-Highly
                           Compensated  Participant  group  except to the extent
                           taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

                  (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member
                  of more than one family group in a plan, all  Participants who
                  are  members  of  those   family   groups  that   include  the


                                       98
<PAGE>

                  Participant  are  aggregated as one family group in accordance
                  with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (e) For purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401 (a)(4),
         410 (b) and  401 (m),  if two or more plans of the  Employer  to which
         matching contributions,  Employee contributions,  or both, are made are
         treated as one plan for  purposes of Code  Sections  401 (a) (4) or 410
         (b) (other than the average  benefits  test under Code  Section 410 (b)
         (2) (A) (ii) as in effect for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31,
         1988),  such plans shall be treated as one plan.  In  addition,  two or
         more plans of the Employer to which  matching  contributions,  Employee
         contributions, or both, are made may be considered as a single plan for
         purposes of determining whether or not such plans satisfy Code Sections
         401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m). In such a case, the aggregated plans must
         satisfy this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(m) as
         though  such  aggregated  plans  were a single  plan.  For  plan  years
         beginning after December 3i, 1989,  plans may be aggregated  under this
         paragraph only if they have the same plan year.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years beginning
         after December 31, 1988, an employee stock  ownership plan described in
         Code  Section  4975(e)(7)  may not be  aggregated  with  this  Plan for
         purposes of determining  whether the employee  stock  ownership plan or
         this Plan  satisfies this Section and Code Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b)
         and 401(m).

                  (f) If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under
         two or more plans  (other  than an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as
         defined  in Code  Section-4975(e)(7)  for Plan  Years  beginning  after
         December  31,  1988)  which  are  maintained  by  the  Employer  or  an
         Affiliated   Employer  to  which   matching   contributions,   Employee
         contributions,  or both, are made, all such  contributions on behalf of
         such Highly Compensated Participant shall be aggregated for purposes of
         determining such Highly Compensated  Participant's  actual contribution
         ratio.  However,  for Plan Years  beginning after December 31, 1988, if
         the plans have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by
         treating  all plans ending with or within the same  calendar  year as a
         single plan.

                  (g) For  purposes  of  Section  11.6(a)  and  11.7,  a  Highly
         Compensated  Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall
         include any  Employee  eligible  to have  matching  contributions  made
         pursuant to Section  11.l(b)  (whether or not a deferred  election  was
         made or suspended pursuant to Section 11.2(e)) allocated to his account
         for the Plan Year or to make salary deferrals  pursuant to Section 1l.2
         (if the Employer  uses salary  deferrals to satisfy the  provisions  of
         this Section) or voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant to Section
         4.7  (whether  or  not  voluntary  Employee   contributions  are  made)
         allocated to his account for the Plan Year.

                                       99
<PAGE>

                  (h) For  purposes  of this  Section,  "Matching  Contribution"
         shall mean an Employer  contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract
         described in Code Section 403 (b) on behalf of a Participant on account
         of an Employee contribution made by such Participant,  or on account of
         a participant's deferred  compensation,  under a plan maintained by the
         Employer.

11.13    ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) In the event that for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31,  1986,  the  "Actual   Contribution   Percentage"  for  the  Highly
         Compensated   Participant   group  exceeds  the  "Actual   Contribution
         Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group pursuant
         to Section 11.6(a),  the  Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day
         of the third month  following the end of the Plan Year, but in no event
         later  than the close of the  following  Plan  Year)  shall  direct the
         Trustee to distribute to the Highly Compensated  Participant having the
         highest  actual  contribution  ratio,  his portion of Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  (and  Income  allocable  to such  contributions)  or, if
         forfeitable,  forfeit such non-Vested  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions
         attributable to Employer matching  contributions  (and Income allocable
         to such Forfeitures) until either one of the tests set forth in Section
         11.6(a) is satisfied, or until his actual contribution ratio equals the
         actual contribution ratio of the Highly Compensated  Participant having
         the second  highest  actual  contribution  ratio.  This  process  shall
         continue  until  one of the  tests  set  forth in  Section  11.6(a)  is
         satisfied.  The  distribution  and/or  Forfeiture  of Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions shall be made in the following order:

                  (1)  Employer  matching   contributions   distributed   and/or
                  forfeited pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(1);

                  (2)  Voluntary   Employee   contributions   including   Excess
                  Contributions    recharacterized    as   voluntary    Employee
                  contributions pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(2111

                  (3) Remaining Employer matching contributions.

                  (b) Any  distribution  or  Forfeiture  of less than the entire
         amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions (and Income) shall be treated
         as a pro  rata  distribution  of  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  and
         Income.   Distribution  of  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  shall  be
         designated  by the  Employer  as a  distribution  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions   (and   income).   Forfeitures   of   Excess   Aggregate
         Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3. However,
         no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly Compensated Participant
         whose contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section.


                                      100
<PAGE>

                  (c) Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  attributable  to amounts
         other  than  voluntary  Employee  contributions,   including  forfeited
         matching contributions,  shall be treated as Employer contributions for
         purposes  of Code  Sections  404 and 415 even if  distributed  from the
         Plan.

                  (d) For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.6, "Excess
         Aggregate  Contributions"  means,  with  respect to any Plan Year,  the
         excess of:

                  (1) the aggregate  amount of Employer  matching  contributions
                  made   pursuant  to  Section   11.1(a)  (to  the  extent  such
                  contributions  are taken  into  account  pursuant  to  Section
                  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee  contributions made pursuant to
                  Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
                  Employee  contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and  any
                  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals
                  taken into account  pursuant to Section 11.6(c)  actually made
                  on behalf of the Highly Compensated Participant group for such
                  Plan Year,  over (2) the maximum amount of such  contributions
                  permitted under the limitations of Section 11.6(a).

                  (e) For each  Highly  Compensated  Participant,  the amount of
         Excess Aggregate  Contributions is equal to the total Employer matching
         contributions  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent  taken
         into  account  pursuant  to  Section   11.06(a)),   voluntary  Employee
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.7,  Excess  Contributions
         recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
         11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals
         taken into account  pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of the Highly
         Compensated   Participant  (determined  prior  to  the  application  of
         this paragraph)  minus the amount  determined by multiplying the Highly
         Compensated  Participant's  actual contribution ratio (determined after
         application  of this  paragraph)  by his  "414(s)  Compensation)".  The
         actual contribution ratio must be rounded to the nearest  one-hundredth
         of one percent for Plan Years  beginning after December 31, 1988. In no
         case shall the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contribution with respect to
         any  Highly  Compensated  Participant  exceed  the  amount of  Employer
         matching  contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent
         taken into account  pursuant to Section  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.7,  Excess  Contributions
         recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
         11.5 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals
         taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of such Highly
         Compensated Participant for such Plan Year.

                  (f)  The  determination  of the  amount  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  with  respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first
         determining  the  Excess  Contributions,  if  any,  to  be  treated  as
         voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the plan

                                      101
<PAGE>

         year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in
         Code  Section  401(k))  maintained  by the  Employer  that ends with or
         within  the Plan  Year or  which  are  treated  as  voluntary  Employee
         contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 11.5.

                  (g) The  determination  and  correction  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  of  a  Highly   Compensated   Participant  whose  actual
         contribution  ratio is determined under the' family  aggregation  rules
         shall be accomplished as follows:

                  (1)  If  the   actual   contribution   ratio  for  the  Highly
                  Compensated  Participant  is  determined  in  accordance  with
                  Section  11.6(d)(1),  then the actual contribution ratio shall
                  be reduced  and the  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  for the
                  family  unit shall be  allocated  among the Family  Members in
                  proportion to the sum of Employer matching  contributions made
                  pursuant to Section  11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account
                  pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), voluntary Employee contributions
                  made   pursuant   to   Section   4.7,   Excess   Contributions
                  recharacterized as voluntary Employee  contributions  pursuant
                  to Section 11.5 and any Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions
                  or elective  deferrals taken into account  pursuant to Section
                  11.6(c) of each Family  Member that were combined to determine
                  the group actual contribution ratio.

                  (2)  If  the   actual   contribution   ratio  for  the  Highly
                  Compensated    Participant   is   determined   under   Section
                  11.6(d)(2),  then the actual contribution ratio shall first be
                  reduced,   as  required  herein,  but  not  below  the  actual
                  contribution  ratio of the group of Family Members who are not
                  Highly  Compensated  Participants  without  regard  to  family
                  aggregation. The Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from
                  this initial  reduction  shall be  allocated  among the Highly
                  Compensated Participants whose Employer matching contributions
                  made  pursuant to Section  11.1(b)  (to the extent  taken into
                  account  pursuant  to Section  11.06(a)),  voluntary  Employee
                  contributions   made   pursuant   to   Section   4.7,   Excess
                  Contributions    recharacterized    as   voluntary    Employee
                  contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and any  Qualified
                  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals taken into
                  account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) were combined to determine
                  the actual  contribution  ratio. If further reduction is still
                  required,  then Excess Aggregate  Contributions resulting from
                  this  further  reduction  shall be  determined  by taking into
                  account the  contributions  of all Family Members and shall be
                  allocated  among  them  in  proportion  to  their   respective
                  Employer  matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section
                  11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account  pursuant to Section
                  11.6(a)),  voluntary  Employee  contributions made pursuant to
                  Section 4.7, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
                  Employee  contributions  pursuant  to  Section  11.5  and  any
                  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or elective  deferrals
                  taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c).

                                      102
<PAGE>

                  (h) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after
         the end of the Plan Year,  the  Employer  may make a special  Qualified
         Non-Elective   Contribution   on  behalf  of   Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participants  in an amount  sufficient  to satisfy one of the tests set
         forth in Section  11.6.  Such  contribution  shall be  allocated to the
         Participant's   Qualified   Non-Elective  Account  of  each  Non-Highly
         Compensated  Participant in the same  proportion  that each  Non-Highly
         Compensated Participant's  Compensation for the year bears to the total
         Compensation  of all Non-Highly  Compensated  Participants.  A separate
         accounting  shall be  maintained  for the  purpose  of  excluding  such
         contributions  from the "Actual Deferral  Percentage" tests pursuant to
         Section 11.4.

                           (i) For purposes of this Section,  "Income" means the
         income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate  Contributions which shall
         equal the sum of the  allocable  gain or loss for the Plan Year and the
         allocable  gain or loss for the period between the end of the Plan Year
         and  the  date of  distribution  ("gap  period").  The  income  or loss
         allocable to Excess Aggregate  Contributions  for the Plan Year and the
         "gap period" is calculated  separately  and is determined by the income
         or loss  for the Plan  Year or the  "gap  period"  by a  fraction.  The
         numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions for the
         Plan Year. The  denominator of the fraction is the total  Participant's
         Account and Voluntary  Contribution  Account  attributable  to Employer
         matching  contributions  subject to Section  11.6,  voluntary  Employee
         contributions   made   pursuant  to  Section  4.7,  and  any  Qualified
         Non-Elective  Contributions  and elective  deferrals taken into account
         pursuant  to Section 21 6(c) as of the end of the Plan Year or the "gap
         period",  reduced by the gain  allocable  to such total  amount for the
         Plan Year or the "gap period" and  increased  by the loss  allocable to
         such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period".

                           In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a
         "safe harbor method" may be used to calculate the allocable  Income for
         the "gap period". Under such "safe harbor method", allocable Income for
         the "gap  period"  shall be deemed to equal  ten  percent  (10%) of the
         Income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year of
         the Participant multiplied by the number of calendar months in the "gap
         period".  For purposes of determining  the number of calendar months in
         the "gap period",  a distribution  occurring on or before the fifteenth
         day of the month  shall be treated as having  been made on the last day
         of  the  preceding  month  and  a  distribution  occurring  after  such
         fifteenth  day shall be treated as having been made on the first day of
         the next subsequent month.

                           The   Income    allocable    to   Excess    Aggregate
         Contributions    resulting   from    recharacterization   of   Elective
         Contributions   shall  be  determined   and   distributed  as  ii  such
         recharacterized  Elective  Contributions had been distributed as Excess
         Contributions.

                                      103
<PAGE>

                           Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began
         in  1987,  Income  during  the "gap  period"  shall  not be taken  into
         account.

         11.15    ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP



                           (a)  The  Administrator,   at  the  election  of  the
                  Participant,  shall  direct the Trustee to  distribute  to any
                  Participant  in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100%
                  of his accounts as specified in the Adoption  Agreement valued
                  as of the last Anniversary Date or other valuation date or (2)
                  the  amount  necessary  to  satisfy  the  immediate  and heavy
                  financial  need  of the  Participant.  Any  distribution  made
                  pursuant to this Section  shall be deemed to be made as of the
                  first day of the Plan Year or, if later,  the  valuation  date
                  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  distribution,  and  the
                  account from which the  distribution  is made shall be reduced
                  accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized
                  only if the distribution is on account of one of the following
                  or any other items permitted by the Internal Revenue Service:

                           (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d)
                           incurred by the  Participant,  his spouse,  or any of
                           his dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);

                           (2) The purchase  (excluding  mortgage payments) of a
                           principal residence `or the Participant;

                           (3)  Payment  of  tuition  for the next  semester  or
                           quarter   of   post-secondary   education   for   the
                           Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents; or

                           (4)  The  need  to  prevent   the   eviction  of  the
                           Participant   from   his   principal   residence   or
                           foreclosure  on the  mortgage  of  the  Participant's
                           principal residence.

                           (b) No  such  distribution  shall  be made  from  the
                  Participant's  Account  until such  Account  has become  fully
                  Vested.

                           (c) No  distribution  shall be made  pursuant to this
                  Section unless the Administrator, based upon the Participant's
                  representation  and  such  other  facts  as are  known  to the
                  Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions
                  are satisfied:

                           (1) The  distribution  is not in excess of the amount
                           of the  immediate  and  heavy  financial  need of the
                           Participant;


                                      104
<PAGE>

                           (2) The Participant  has obtained all  distributions,
                           other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                           loans currently  available under all plans maintained
                           by the Employer;

                           (3) The Plan,  and all other plans  maintained by the
                           Employer,  provide  that the  Participant's  elective
                           deferrals and voluntary  Employee  contributions will
                           be  suspended  for at least  twelve (12) months after
                           receipt of the hardship distribution; and

                           (4) The Plan,  and all other plans  maintained by the
                           Employer,  provide that the  Participant may not make
                           elective deferrals for the Participant's taxable year
                           immediately   following   the  taxable  year  of  the
                           hardship  distribution  in excess  of the  applicable
                           limit under Code Section 402(g) for such next taxable
                           year less the amount of such  Participant's  elective
                           deferrals  for  the  taxable  year  of  the  hardship
                           distribution.

                           (d) Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the
                  Participant's  Elective  Account  and  Qualified  Non-Elective
                  account  pursuant to this section  shall be limited  solely to
                  the  Participant's   Deferred   compensation  and  any  income
                  attributable  "thereto credited to the Participant's  Elective
                  account as of December 31, 1988.

                           (e) Any  distribution  made  pursuant to this Section
                  shall  be  made in a  manner  which  is  consistent  with  and
                  satisfies the  Provisions of Section 6.5,  including,  but not
                  limited  to,  all  notice  and  consent  requirements  of Code
                  Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

                                      105
<PAGE>

                             AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
                 W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                        DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST

W.E. Stanley & Company,  Inc.  Regional  Prototype  Defined  Contribution Plan &
Trust is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 1.9 is amended by replacing  the first  paragraph  with the following
paragraphs:

     "Compensation"  with respect to any Participant  means one of the following
as  elected  in  the  Adoption   Agreement.   However,   compensation   for  any
Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

          (i) Information required to be reported under sections 6041, 6051, and
6052  (Wages,  Tips and Other  Compensation  Box on Form W-2).  Compensation  is
defined  as wages as  defined  in  section  3401(a)  and all other  payments  of
compensation  to an employee by the  employer  (in the course of the  employer's
trade or business)  for which the employer is required to furnish the employee a
written   statement  under  sections  6041(d)  and  6051(a)  (3)  of  the  Code.
Compensation  must be  determined  without  regard  to any rules  under  section
3401(a)  that limit the  remuneration  included  in wages based on the nature or
location of the employment or the services  performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in section 3401(a) (2)).

          (ii) Section 3401 (a) wages.  Compensation  is defined as wages within
the meaning of section  3401 (a) for the purposes of income tax  withholding  at
the  source  but  determined   without  regard  to  any  rules  that  limit  the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services  performed  (such as the  exception  for  agricultural  labor in
section 3401(a) (2)).

          (iii) 4 15 safe harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as wages,
salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without
regard  to  whether  or not an amount  is paid in cash)  for  personal  services
actually rendered in the course of employment with the employer  maintaining the
plan to the extent that the amounts are  includible in gross income  (including,
but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen,  compensation for services ?n the
basis of a  percentage  of profits,  commissions  on insurance  premiums,  tips,
bonuses,  fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
nonaccountable plan (as described in 1.62(c)), and excluding the following:

                  a. Employer  contributions to a plan of deferred  compensation
which are not includible in the employee's  gross income for the taxable year in
which contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified employee pension
plan to the extent such  contributions  are  deductible by the employee,  or any
distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

                  b. Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
option,  or when  restricted  stock (or  property)  held by the employee  either
becomes freely  transferable  or is no longer  subject to a substantial  risk of
forfeiture;

                  (c)  Amounts  realized  from  the  sale,   exchange  or  other
disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                  (d) Other amounts  which  received  special tax  benefits,  or
contributions  made by the  employer  (whether  or not under a salary  reduction
agreement)  towards the  purchase of an annuity  contract  described  in section
403(b) of the Code  (whether or not the  contributions  are actually  excludable
from the gross income of the employee).

         If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
definition of Compensation has been modified, then, f or Plan Years prior to the
Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, Compensation means
compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

2. Section 1.14 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's  contributions to the Plan
that are made  pursuant  to the  Participant's  deferral  election  pursuant  to
Section  11.2,   excluding  any  such  amounts  distributed  as  "excess  annual
additions"  pursuant  to Section  4.4.  In  addition,  if  selected in E3 of the
Adoption Agreement,  the Employer's matching  contribution shall or shall not be
considered  an Elective  Contribution  for purposes of the Plan,  as provided in
Section 11.1(b).  Elective Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of
Sections  11.2(b)  and  11.2(c)  and shall  further be  required  to satisfy the
discrimination  requirements  of  Regulation  1.  4 01  (k)  -1  (b)  (3),   the
provisions of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

3. Section 1.20 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Excess Deferred  Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable year
of a  Participant,  the  excess of the  aggregate  amount of such  Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  and the elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually made on behalf of such  Participant  f or such taxable  year,  over the
dollar  limitation  provided for in Code Section  402(g),  which is incorporated
herein by reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an "annual
addition"   pursuant  to  Section  4.4  when  contributed  to  the  Plan  unless
distributed  to the  affected  Participant  not later than the first  April 15th
following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

4. Section 1.26 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "414(s)   Compensation"   with  respect  to  any  Employee   means  his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9.  However,  for purposes of this Section,
Compensation  shall be  Compensation  paid  and,  if  selected  in the  Adoption
Agreement,  shall  only be  recognized  as of an  Employee's  effective  date of

                                      2
<PAGE>

participation.  If,  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of this  or any  other
amendment,  the definition of 11414 (s) Compensation"  has been modified,  then,
for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which  includes the adoption  date of such
amendment,  11414(s) Compensation" means compensation determined pursuant to the
Plan then in effect.

5.   Section 1.27  (11415  Compensation")  is  amended  by the  addition  of the
following paragraph:

If,  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of this or any  other  amendment,  the
definition of 11415 Compensation" has been modified,  then, for Plan Years prior
the  Plan  Year  which  includes  the  adoption  date of such  amendment,  11415
Compensation" means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

6.   Section 4.4 (a) (4) and 4.4 (a) (4) (i) are amended to read as follows:

         (4)      If there is an excess amount pursuant to Section  4.4(a)(2) or
                  Section  4.5,  the excess  will be  disposed  of in one of the
                  following  manners,  as  uniformly   determined  by  the  Plan
                  Administrator for all Participants similarly situated:

                  (i)      Any Deferred Compensation or nondeductible  Voluntary
                           Employee  Contributions,  to the  extent  they  would
                           reduce the Excess Amount will be  distributed  to the
                           Participant;

7.  Section 4.4(f) (2) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         Compensation  means a  Participant's  Compensation  as  elected  in the
Adoption  Agreement.  However,  regardless of any selection made in the Adoption
Agreement, 11415 Compensation" shall exclude compensation which is not currently
includible in the  Participant's  gross income by reason of the  application  of
Code Sections 125, 4 0 2 (a) (8), 4 02 (h) (1) (B) or 4 0 3 (b).

         For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of
applying the limitations of this article,  compensation for a limitation year is
the compensation actually paid or made available during such limitation year.

         Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation f or a participant
in a defined  contribution  plan who is  permanently  and totally  disabled  (as
defined in section 22 (e) (3) of the Internal  Revenue Code) is the compensation
such participant  would have received for the limitation year if the participant
had been  paid at the rate of  compensation  paid  immediately  before  becoming
permanently and totally  disabled;  such imputed  compensation f or the disabled
participant  may be taken into account only if the  participant  is not a Highly
Compensated  Employee and  contributions  made on behalf of such participant are
nonforfeitable when made.

8. Section 4.5(a) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                                        3
<PAGE>

         (a) If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error
in  estimating  a  Participant's  annual  Compensation,  a  reasonable  error in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g) (3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of
Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b) (6)
shall be  applicable,  the  "annual  additions"  under this Plan would cause the
maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded,  the  Administrator  shall treat
the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

9.  Sections  6.11(a)(1)  and (a)(4) are  amended in their  entirety  to read as
follows:

         (1) Medical  expenses  described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
Participant,  his spouse,  or any of his  dependents (as defined in Code Section
152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

         (4)  Payment of tuition and  related  educational  fees for the next 12
months of post-secondary  education f or the Participant,  his spouse, children,
or dependents;

10. Section 7. 10 is amended by the addition of the following paragraphs:

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any provision of the plan to the  contrary,  with
respect to  distributions  made after December 31, 1992, a Participant  shall be
permitted  to elect to have any  "eligible  rollover  distribution"  transferred
directly to an "eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan
provisions otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct
transfer option. The Participant shall, in the time and manner prescribed by the
Administrator,  specify the amount to be directly  transferred and the "eligible
retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any portion of a distribution which is
not transferred shall be distributed to the Participant.

         (b)  For  purposes  of  this  Section,   the  term  "eligible  rollover
distribution"  means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially
equal periodic  payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or
joint life or joint life  expectancies  of the  Participant  and the  designated
beneficiary)  or a  distribution  over a period  certain  of ten  years or more.
Amounts  required  to be  distributed  under  Code  Section  401(a)  (9) are not
eligible  rollover  distributions.  The  direct  transfer  option  described  in
subsection  (a) applies  only to  eligible  rollover  distributions  which would
otherwise be includible in gross income if not transferred.

         (c) For purposes of this Section,  the term "eligible  retirement plan"
means an individual  retirement  account as described in Code Section 408(a), an
individual  retirement  annuity as described in Code Section 408(b),  an annuity
plan as described in Code Section 4 03 (a),  or a defined  contribution  plan as
described  in Code  Section  401(a)  which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         (d) The  election  described  in  subsection  (a) also  applies  to the
surviving spouse after the Participant's  death;  however,  distributions to the
surviving spouse may only be transferred to an individual  retirement account or
individual  retirement  annuity.  for  purposes of  subsection  (a), a spouse or
former spouse who is the alternate  payee under a qualified  domestic  relations
order as defined in Code Section 414 (p) will be treated as the Participant.

11. Section 11. 2 (d) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (d) In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986, a Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  made under this Plan and all other  plans,  contracts or
arrangements  of the  employer  maintaining  this  Plan  shall  not  exceed  the
limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect for the calendar year in
which such Plan Year began.  If such dollar  limitation is exceeded  solely from
elective  deferrals  made under this Plan or any other  Plan  maintained  by the
Employer,  a Participant  will be deemed to have notified the  Administrator  of
such  excess  amount  which shall be  distributed  in a manner  consistent  with
Section 11.2(f).  This dollar  limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to
the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

12.      Section 11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph
after paragraph (f)(3) to read as follows:

         Any distribution  under this Section shall be made first from unmatched
Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation
which is  matched  and  matching  contributions  which  relate to such  Deferred
Compensation.  However,  any such  matching  contributions  which are not Vested
shall be forfeited in lieu of being distributed.

13.      Section  11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following  paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding  the above,  for any  distribution  under this  Section
which is made after August 15,  1991,  such  distribution  shall not include any
income for the "gap period".  Further provided,  for any distribution under this
Section  which is made  after  August  15,  1991,  the  amount if Income  may be
computed  using a reasonable  method that is  consistent  with  Section  4.3(c),
provided such method is used  consistently for all Participants and for all such
distributions for the Plan Year.

14.      Section  11.5(c) is amended by the addition of the following  paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding the above for any distribution under this Section which
is made after August 15, 1994,  such  distribution  shall not include any income
for the "gap period".  Further provided, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991,  the amount of Income may be computed using


                                       5
<PAGE>

a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

15. Section 11.6(c) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (c) For purposes of determining  the "Actual  Contribution  Percentage"
and the amount of Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  pursuant to Section 11.7(d),
only Employer matching contributions (excluding matching contributions forfeited
or distributed  pursuant to Section 11.2(f),  11.5(a) or 11.7(a)) contributed to
the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding  Plan Year shall be  considered.  In
addition,  the  Administrator  may elect to take into  account,  with respect to
Employees  eligible to have  Employer  matching  contributions  made pursuant to
Section 11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
allocated to their accounts,  elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402
(g)-1(b)) and qualified  non-elective  contributions (as defined in Code Section
401(m)(4)(C))  contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such elective
deferrals and qualified non-elective  contributions shall be treated as Employer
matching  contributions  subject  to  Regulation  1. 401 (m) -1 (b) (2) which is
incorporated  herein by  reference.  However,  for Plan  Years  beginning  after
December 31,  1988,  the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan
to which the elective deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are
made.

16.      Section  11.7(i) is amended by the addition of the following  paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding  the above,  f or any  distribution  under this Section
which is made after August 15,  1991,  such  distribution  shall not include any
Income for the "gap period".  Further provided,  for any distribution under this
Section  which is made  after  August  15,  1991,  the  amount of Income  may be
computed using a reasonable  method is consistent with Section 4.3(c),  provided
such  method  is used  consistently  for  all  Participants  and  for  all  such
distributions for the Plan Year.

17.  Sections  11.8(a)(1)  and (a)(3) are  amended in their  entirety to read as
follows:

(1)  Medical  expenses   described  in  Code  Section  213(d)  incurred  by  the
Participant,  his spouse,  or any of his  dependents (as defined in Code Section
152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

(3) Payment of tuition and  related  educational  fees for the next 12 months of
post-secondary  education  f  or  the  Participant,  his  spouse,  children,  or
dependents; or

18.      Section 11. 8 (c) (1) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (1) The  distribution  is not in excess of the amount of the  immediate
and heavy  financial  need of the  Participant.  The amount of the immediate and
heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state
or local  income taxes or penalties  reasonable  anticipated  to result from the
distribution.


                                       6
<PAGE>

19. Article XI is amended by the addition of the following:

         Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary,  effective as
of the Plan Year in which this amendment becomes effective,  the Actual Deferral
Percentage  Test and the Actual  Contribution  Percentage  Test shall be applied
(and adjusted) by applying the Family Member  aggregation  rules of Code Section
414(q)(6).

20.      Section  Ela. of the  Adoption  Agreement is amended in its entirety to
read as follows:

         Compensation with respect to any Participant means:

         1.       (      ) Wages, Tips and other Compensation
                           (Box 1 on Form W-2).

         2.       (      ) Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding
                           purposes.

         3.       (      ) 415 Safe harbor compensation.

         AND Compensation

         (     )  shall

         (     )  shall not

         exclude (even if includible  in gross income)  reimbursements  or other
         expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses,
         deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

21.   Section E3 of the 401(k) Adoption  Agreement(s) is amended by the addition
of the following:

         (     )  Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary,  all
                  matching contributions which relate to distributions of Excess
                  Deferred   Compensation,   Excess   Contributions  and  Excess
                  Aggregate  Contributions  shall  be  Forfeited.  (Select  this
                  option only if it is applicable.)

NOTE: THIS AMENDMENT ONLY NEEDS TO BE EXECUTED BELOW BY THE EMPLOYER IF THE PLAN
IS BEING  AMENDED TO UTILIZE THE  MODIFICATIONS  MADE TO SECTION El OR E3 OF THE
ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer hereby causes this amendment

to be executed on this _____  day of __________, 19_.

EMPLOYER:                                     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER:

________________________________________

                                       7
<PAGE>

         (enter name)                                    (enter name)

By:____________________________________       By: _______________________






                                       8
<PAGE>
                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                 W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                        DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST

1.       Section 1.9 is amended by the addition of the following:

                  In addition to other  applicable  limitations set forth in the
         plan,  and  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  plan to the
         contrary,  for plan years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1994,  the
         annual  compensation of each employee taken into account under the plan
         shall not exceed the OBRA 193 annual  compensation  limit. The OBRA 193
         annual compensation limit is $150,000,  as adjusted by the Commissioner
         for increases in the cost of living in accordance  with Section  401(a)
         (17) (B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in
         effect for a calendar  year  applies to any period,  not  exceeding  12
         months,  over which compensation is determined  (determination  period)
         beginning in such calendar year. If a determination  period consists of
         fewer than 12 months,  the OBRA 193 annual  compensation  limit will be
         multiplied  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the  number of
         months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

                  For plan years  beginning  on or after  January  1, 1994,  any
         reference in this plan to the limitation  under Section 401 (a) (17) of
         the Code shall mean the OBRA 193 annual compensation limit set forth in
         this provision.

                  If compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken
         into account in  determining  an  employee's  benefits  accruing in the
         current plan year, the compensation for that prior determination period
         is subject to the OBRA 193 annual compensation limit in effect for that
         prior determination period. For this purpose, for determination periods
         beginning  before the first day of the plan year  beginning on or after
         January 1, 1994, the OBRA 193 annual compensation limit is $150,000.

2. Section 6.13 is amended by the addition of the following:

                  If a distribution  is one to which Section 401(a) (11) and 417
         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code do not  apply,  such  distribution  may
         commence  less than 30 days after the  notice  required  under  Section
         1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                  (1) the plan  administrator  clearly  informs the  participant
         that the  participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after


                                       9
<PAGE>

         receiving  the notice to  consider  the  decision  of whether or not to
         elect a  distribution  (and, if applicable,  a particular  distribution
         option), and

                  (2) the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
elects a distribution.

3. Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following:

                  (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary,
         with  respect  to  distributions   made  after  December  31,  1992,  a
         Participant shall be permitted to elect to have any "eligible  rollover
         distribution"  transferred  directly to an "eligible  retirement  plan"
         specified by the Participant.  The Plan provisions otherwise applicable
         to distributions  continue to apply to the direct transfer option.  The
         Participant   shall,   in  the  time  and  manner   prescribed  by  the
         Administrator,  specify the amount to be directly  transferred  and the
         "eligible  retirement  plan" to receive the transfer.  Any portion of a
         distribution  which  is not  transferred  shall be  distributed  to the
         Participant.

                  (b) For purposes of this Section,  the term "eligible rollover
         distribution"  means any  distribution  other  than a  distribution  of
         substantially  equal periodic payments over the life or life expectancy
         of the  Participant  (or joint life or joint life  expectancies  of the
         Participant and the designated  beneficiary)  or a distribution  over a
         period certain of ten years or more. Amounts required to be distributed
         under Code Section 401(a) (9) are not eligible rollover  distributions.
         The direct transfer option  described in subsection (a) applies only to
         eligible rollover  distributions which would otherwise be includible in
         gross income if not transferred.

                  (c)  For  purposes  of  this  Section,   the  term   "eligible
         retirement plan" means an individual retirement account as described in
         Code Section 408(a), an individual  retirement  annuity as described in
         Code Section  408(b),  an annuity plan as described in Code Section 403
         (a), or a  defined  contribution  plan as  described  in Code  Section
         401(a)  which is exempt  from tax under Code  Section 501 (a) and which
         accepts rollover distributions.

                  (d) The election  described in subsection  (a) also applies to
         the  surviving   spouse  after  the   Participant's   death;   however,
         distributions  to the surviving  spouse may only be  transferred  to an
         individual  retirement account or individual  retirement  annuity.  For
         purposes  of  subsection  (a), a spouse  of former  spouse  who is the
         alternate payee under a qualified  domestic  relations order as defined
         in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.


                                       10
<PAGE>


                                  AMENDMENT TO
                          W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC.
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST

1..  Article VI of the Plan is amended by the  addition  of the new  subsection,
effective as of the following date:

         a. For Plans not entitled to extended  reliance as described in Revenue
         Ruling 9476, the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after
         December 31, 1994, or if later, 90 days after December 31, 1994; or

         b. For Plans  entitled to extended  reliance  as  described  in Revenue
         Ruling 94-76,  as of the first day of the first plan year  beginning in
         1999.  However, in the event of a transfer of assets to the Plan from a
         money  purchase  plan that  occurs  after  the date of the most  recent
         determination  letter, the effective date of the amendment shall be the
         date immediately preceding the date of such transfer of assets.

TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN

         Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this plan to the  contrary,  to the
extent that any optional form of benefit under this plan permits a  distribution
prior  to the  employee's  retirement,  death,  disability,  or  severance  from
employment,  and prior to plan termination,  the optional form of benefit is not
available  with  respect  to  benefits  attributable  to assets  (including  the
post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the
meaning of Section  414(l) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  to this plan from a
money purchase  pension plan qualified under 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
(other  than any  portion  of  those  assets  and  liabilities  attributable  to
voluntary employee contributions).

2.  Article VI is amended  by the  addition  of the  following  new  subsection,
effective as of December 12, 1994:

UNIFORMED SERVICES

         Notwithstanding   any   provision   of  this  plan  to  the   contrary,
contributions,  benefits and service  credit with respect to qualified  military
service  will be provided in  accordance  with  Section  414(u) of the  Internal
Revenue Code.

Loan  repayments  will be  suspended  under  this plan as  permitted  under Code
Section 414(u)(4).

Pursuant to the terms of the Plan regarding amendments, _____________________ as
the sponsor of the  prototype,  hereby adopts this  amendment as of the date set
forth below.


                                       11
<PAGE>


                                           W.E. Stanley & Company, Inc.

                                           By:_____________________________

                                           Title: _________________________

                                           Date: __________________________


                                       12
<PAGE>
                             ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

                 W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                     NON-STANDARDIZED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING
                                 PLAN AND TRUST

     The  undersigned   Employer  adopts  the  W.E.  Stanley  &  Company,   Inc.
Non-Standardized  401(K)  Profit  Sharing  Plan for  those  Employees  who shall
qualify as Participants hereunder, to be known as the

              A1 VISTA Eyecare, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan
                 ---------------------------------------------------
                                  (Plan Name)

It shall be  effective  as of the date  specified  below.  The  Employer  hereby
selects the following Plan specifications:

CAUTION: The failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement  may result in
         disqualification of the Plan.

EMPLOYER INFORMATION

B1     Name of Employer VISTA Eyecare, Inc.
                        (formerly National Vision Associates, Ltd.)
                        --------------------------------------------


B2     Address 296 Grayson Highway
       Lawrenceville,  Georgia 30045
       -----------------------------
          City          State   Zip

      Telephone(770) 822-3600
               --------------
B3       Employer Identification Number  58  -  1910859
                                        ----   ------------------

B4       Date Business Commenced  August, 1990
                                  --------------
B5       TYPE OF ENTITY

         a.       (   )    S Corporation
         b.       (   )    Professional Service Corporation
         c.       ( X )    Corporation
         d.       (   )    Sole Proprietorship
         e.       (   )    Partnership
         f.       (   )    Other _________________________

         AND, is the Employer a member of. . .

              g.       a controlled group?    ( X ) Yes   (   ) No
              h.       an affiliated service group?  (   ) Yes     ( X ) No

Copyright 1993-R W.E. Stanley & Company, Inc.
<PAGE>

B6       NAME(S) OF TRUSTEE(S)      a.  Angus Morrison
                                        ---------------

                                    b.  James W. Krause
                                        ---------------

                                    c.  Robert W. Stein
                                        ---------------

B7       TRUSTEES' ADDRESS          a.   ( X ) Use Employer Address

         b.       (   ) _________________________________________________
                                     Street

________________________________________________________________________,
      City                       State                            Zip

B8       LOCATION OF EMPLOYER'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE:
         a.( X ) State     b.(   ) Commonwealth of   c.    Georgia
                                                       -------------------
and this Plan and Trust shall be governed under the same.


B9 EMPLOYER FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

   Commencing on a.   January         1st   (e.g., January 1st)
                    -------------------------------------------
                      month           day

   and ending on b.   December        31st
                    -------------------------------------------
                      month            day



<PAGE>


PLAN INFORMATION

C1       EFFECTIVE DATE

         This  Adoption   Agreement  of  the  W.E.   Stanley  &  Company,   Inc.
         Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust shall:

         a.       (   )    establish   a   new   Plan   and   Trust   effective
                           as   of  ______________________________ (hereinafter
                           called the "Effective Date").

         b.       ( X )    constitute  an  amendment  and  restatement  in  its
                           entirety of a previously established qualified  Plan
                           and  Trust  of  the  Employer  which  was  effective
                           January 1, 1993 (hereinafter  called the  "Effective
                           ----------------
                           Date").  Except as specifically provided in the Plan,
                           the effective date of this amendment and  restatement
                           is January 1, 1999 (For TRA '86 amendments, enter the
                              ---------------
                           first day of the first Plan Year beginning in 1989).*

C2 PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

         Commencing on a. January 1st   (e.g., January 1st)
                          -----------

         and ending on b. December 31st.
                          -------------

         IS THERE A SHORT PLAN YEAR?

                  c.       ( X ) No
                  d.       (   ) Yes, beginning ____________________________

                                      and ending ___________________________.

C3       ANNIVERSARY DATE of Plan (Annual Valuation Date)

         a.  December        31st
             -------------------------
              month           day

C4       PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer (select one)

         a.( X ) 001   b.(   ) 002   c.(   ) 003  d.(   ) Other


* This Plan reflects the merger of the following  plans into the Plan  effective
as of the dates shown below:

         Midwest Vision 401(k) Plan:  1/1/98
         New West Eyeworks, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan:  1/1/99
         Employees' 401(k) Plan of Frame-N-Lens:  1/1/99



<PAGE>


C5       NAME OF PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  (Document  provides  for the  Employer  to
appoint  an  Administrator.  If none is named,  the  Employer  will  become  the
Administrator.)

         a.       ( X )    Employer (Use Employer Address)

         b.       (   )    Name _____________________________________________

                           Address __________________________________________

                                   _____________________, ___________________
                                            City           State        Zip

                           Telephone _________________________

                           Administrator's  I.D. Number _____-_______________

C6       PLAN'S AGENT FOR SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS

         a.       ( X )    Employer (Use Employer Address)

         b.       (   )    Name ______________________________________________

                           Address ___________________________________________

                                  _____________________, ___________________
                                            City           State        Zip


<PAGE>


ELIGIBILITY, VESTING AND RETIREMENT AGE

D1 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (Plan Section 1.15) shall mean:

         a.       (   )   all  Employees  who  have  satisfied  the  eligibility
                          requirements.
         b.       ( X )   all  Employees  who  have  satisfied  the  eligibility
                  requirements except those checked below:
                  1. (   ) Employees paid by commissions only.
                  2. (   ) Employees hourly paid.
                  3. (   ) Employees paid by salary.
                  4. ( X ) Employees whose employment is governed by a
                           collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
                           and "employee representatives" under which retirement
                           benefits  were the subject of good faith  bargaining.
                           For this purpose, the term "employee representatives"
                           does not include any  organization  more than half of
                           whose members are employees who are owners, officers,
                           or executives of the Employer.
                  5. (   ) Highly Compensated Employees.
                  6. ( X ) Employees who are  non-resident  aliens who received
                           no earned income  (within the meaning of Code Section
                           911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income
                           from  sources  within the United  States  (within the
                           meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
                  7. (   ) Other __________________________________________

          NOTE:            For purposes of this section, the term Employee shall
                           include all Employees of this Employer and any leased
                           employees  deemed to be Employees  under Code Section
                           414(n) or 414(o).

D2       EMPLOYEES OF AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS (Plan Section 1.16)

         Employees of Affiliated Employers:

                  a.       (   )    will not or N/A
                  b.       ( X )    will

          be treated as Employees of the Employer  adopting the Plan,  as of the
          adoption dates noted below.*

          NOTE:            If D2b is elected,  each  Affiliated  Employer should
                           execute this  Adoption  Agreement as a  Participating
                           Employer.

*        Midwest Vision, Inc.: 1/1/98
         New West Eyeworks, Inc.: 1/1/99
         Frame-N-Lens Optical, Inc.: 1/1/99

<PAGE>

D3       HOURS OF SERVICE (Plan Section 1.31) will be determined on the basis of
         the method selected below. Only one method may be selected.  The method
         selected will be applied to all Employees covered under the Plan.

         a.       ( X )    On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is
                           paid or entitled to payment.

         b.       (   )    On  the  basis  of days worked.  An Employee  will be
                           credited  with ten (10) Hours of Service if under the
                           Plan such  Employee  would be credited  with at least
                           one (1) Hour of Service during the day.
         c.       (   )    On the basis of weeks  worked.  An  Employee will be
                           credited  forty-five  (45)  Hours of Service if under
                           the Plan  such  Employee  would be  credited  with at
                           least one (1) Hour of Service during the week.
         d.       (   )    On the  basis of semi-monthly  payroll  periods.  An
                           Employee will be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours
                           of Service if under the Plan such  Employee  would be
                           credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during
                           the semi-monthly payroll period.
         e.       (   )    On the basis of months  worked.  An Employee will be
                           credited  with  one  hundred  ninety  (190)  Hours of
                           Service  if under  the Plan  such  Employee  would be
                           credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during
                           the month.


<PAGE>


D4       CONDITIONS OF  ELIGIBILITY  (Plan Section 3.1)
         (Check either a OR b and c, and if applicable, d)
         Any Eligible  Employee will be eligible to  participate  in the Plan if
         such Eligible  Employee has satisfied the service and age requirements,
         if any, specified below:

         a.       (   )    NO AGE OR SERVICE REQUIRED.

         b.       ( X )    SERVICE REQUIREMENT.  (may not exceed 1 year)

                  1.       (   )    None
                  2.       (   )    1/2 Year of Service
                  3.       ( X )    1 Year of Service
                  4.       ( X )    Other  See Below*
                                          ----------------------------

         NOTE:             If the  Year(s) of Service  selected is or includes a
                           fractional  year, an Employee will not be required to
                           complete any specified  number of Hours of Service to
                           receive credit for such fractional year. If expressed
                           in  Months  of  Service,  an  Employee  will  not  be
                           required to complete any specified number of Hours of
                           Service in a particular month.

         c.       ( X )    AGE REQUIREMENT (may not exceed 21)

                  1.       (   )    N/A - No Age Requirement
                  2.       (   )    20 1/2
                  3.       ( X )    21
                  4.       (   )    Other  See Below*
                                          ---------------------------

         d.       (   )    FOR NEW PLANS ONLY - Regardless of any of the above
                           age or service  requirements,  any Eligible  Employee
                           who was  employed on the  Effective  Date of the Plan
                           shall be eligible to participate  hereunder and shall
                           enter the Plan as of such date.

Any employee of Frame-N-Lens  Optical,  Inc. who was participating in the 401(k)
Plan of Frame-N-Lens as of December 31, 1998 shall automatically become eligible
to  participate  as of January 1, 1999.  All other  Frame-N-Lens  employees must
satisfy the requirements of this Section D4.



<PAGE>


D5       EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION (Plan Section 3.2) An Eligible Employee
         shall become a Participant as of:

         a.       (   )    the first  day of  the Plan Year in which he met the
                           requirements.
         b.       (   )    the first day of  the  Plan Year in which he met the
                           requirements, if he met the requirements in the first
                           6 months of the Plan Year,  or as of the first day of
                           the  next   succeeding   Plan  Year  if  he  met  the
                           requirements in the last 6 months of the Plan Year.
         c.       ( X )    the earlier of the first day of the seventh month or
                           the  first day of the Plan  Year  coinciding  with or
                           next   following   the  date  on  which  he  met  the
                           requirements.
         d.       (   )    the first day of the Plan  Year next  following  the
                           date on which he met the  requirements.  (Eligibility
                           must be 1/2 Year of Service or less and age 20 1/2 or
                           less.)
         e.       (   )    the first day of the  month coinciding  with or next
                           following the date on which he met the requirements.
         f.       (   )    Other:
                                 ----------------------------------------
                           provided  that  an  Employee  who has  satisfied  the
                           maximum  age  and  service   requirements   that  are
                           permissible  in Section D4 above and who is otherwise
                           entitled to participate, shall commence participation
                           no later than the earlier of (a) 6 months  after such
                           requirements are satisfied,  or (b) the first 2day of
                           the  first  Plan Year  after  such  requirements  are
                           satisfied, unless the Employee separates from service
                           before such participation date.

<PAGE>


D6       VESTING OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST (Plan Section 6.4(b))

         The vesting schedule,  based on number of Years of Service, shall be as
follows:

         a.(   )  100% upon  entering  the  Plan.  (Required  if  eligibility
                   requirement is greater than one (1) Year of Service.)

         b.(   )  0-2 years   0%            c.(   )  0-4 years     0%
                    3 years 100%                       5 years   100%

         d.(   )  0-1 year    0%            e.(   )    1 year     25%
                  2 years  20%                         2 years    50%
                  3 years  40%                         3 years    75%
                  4 years  60%                         4 years   100%
                  5 years  80%
                  6 years 100%

         f.(   )  1 year   20%               g.(   )  0-2 years    0%
                  2 years  40%                        3 years     20%
                  3 years  60%                        4 years     40%
                  4 years  80%                        5 years     60%
                  5 years 100%                        6 years     80%
                                                      7 years    100%

         h.( X )  Other - Must be at least as liberal as either c or g above.

                           Years of Service                   Percentage

                              1 Year                              25%
- -------------------------------------------                   ----------
                              2 Years                             50%
- -------------------------------------------                   ----------
                              3 Years                             75%
- -------------------------------------------                   ----------
                              4 Years or more                    100%
- ---------------------------------------------                 ----------



         * All amounts  contributed  by the  Employer to the New West  Eyeworks,
         Inc.  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan,  which  was  merged  into the Plan
         effective  as of January 1, 1999,  were fully vested as of December 31,
         1998.



<PAGE>


 D7      FOR AMENDED  PLANS (Plan  Section  6.4(f)) If the vesting  schedule has
         been  amended  to a less  favorable  schedule,  enter  the  pre-amended
         schedule below:

         a. ( X ) Vesting  schedule has not been amended or amended  schedule is
                  more favorable in all years.

         b. (   )    Years of Service                   Percentage

         ------------------------------
         ------------------------------
         ------------------------------
         ------------------------------
         ------------------------------

D8       TOP HEAVY  VESTING  (Plan  Section  6.4(c)) If this Plan  becomes a Top
         Heavy Plan, the following vesting schedule, based on number of Years of
         Service,  for such Plan Year and each succeeding Plan Year,  whether or
         not the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, shall apply and shall be treated as a
         Plan amendment  pursuant to this Plan.  Once  effective,  this schedule
         shall also apply to any contributions  made prior to the effective date
         of Code Section 416 and/or before the Plan became a Top Heavy Plan.

         a.       ( X )    N/A (D6a, b, d, e or f was selected)

         b.       (   )    0-1 years  0%    c.(   )  0-2 years   0%
                           2 years   20%               3 years 100%
                           3 years   40%
                           4 years   60%
                           5 years   80%
                           6 years  100%

         NOTE:         This  section  does not apply to the Account  balances of
                       any  Participant  who does  not  have an Hour of  Service
                       after  the Plan has  initially  become  top  heavy.  Such
                       Participant's  Account  balance  attributable to Employer
                       contributions and Forfeitures will be determined  without
                       regard to this section.



<PAGE>


D9       VESTING  (Plan  Section  6.4(h)) In  determining  Years of Service  for
         vesting purposes,  Years of Service attributable to the following shall
         be EXCLUDED:

         a.       (   )    Service prior to the Effective Date of the Plan or a
                           predecessor plan.b.( X ) N/A.
         c.       (   )    Service prior to the time an Employee attained age
                           18.
         d.       ( X )    N/A.

D10      PLAN SHALL RECOGNIZE SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER

         a.       (   )    No.
         b.       ( X )    Yes:  Years of  Service with  Midwest  Vision, Inc.,
                           New West  Eyeworks,  Inc. and  Frame-N-Lens  Optical,
                           Inc.  shall be  recognized  for the  purpose  of this
                           Plan.

         NOTE:     If the predecessor  Employer  maintained this qualified Plan,
                   then Years of Service with such predecessor Employer shall be
                   recognized pursuant to Section 1.74 and b. must be marked.

D11 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE ("NRA") (Plan Section 1.42) means:

         a.       ( X )    the date a Participant attains his  65th   birthday.
                                                              -------
                           (not to exceed 65th)
         b.       (   )    the  later  of  the  date a  Participant attains his
                           __________ birthday (not to exceed 65th) or the

         c.   ____________ (not  to   exceed  5th)  anniversary  of  the  first
                           day of the Plan  Year in which  participation  in the
                           Plan commenced.

D12 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.43) shall commence:

         a.       ( X )    as of the Participant's "NRA".

                  OR (must select b. or c. and 1. or 2.)

         b.       (   )    as of the first day of the month . . .
         c.       (   )    as of the Anniversary Date . . .

                  1.       (   )    coinciding with or next following the
                                    Participant's "NRA".
                  2.       (   )    nearest the Participant's "NRA".



<PAGE>


D13 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.12) means the:

         a.       (   )    No Early Retirement provision provided.
         b.       (   )    date on which a Participant . . .
         c.       ( X )    first day of the month coinciding with or next
                           following the date on which a Participant. . .
         d.       (   )    Anniversary Date coinciding with  or next  following
                           the date on which a Participant. . .

         AND, if b, c or d was selected . . .

                  1.       ( X )    attains his  55th  birthday and has
                  2.       (   )    completed at least _____ Years of Service.



<PAGE>


CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

E1       a.       COMPENSATION (Plan Section 1.9) with respect to any
                  Participant means:

                  1.       (   )    "415 Compensation."
                  2.       ( X )    Compensation reportable as wages on Form
                                    W-2.

         b.       COMPENSATION shall be

                  1.       ( X )    actually paid (must select if Plan is
                                    integrated)
                  2.       (   )    accrued

         c.  HOWEVER,  FOR  NON-INTEGRATED  PLANS,  Compensation  shall  exclude
             (select all that apply):

                  1.       ( X )    N/A. No exclusions
                  2.       (   )    overtime
                  3.       (   )    bonuses
                  4.       (   )    commissions
                  5.       (   )    other ________________________________

         d. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION E1, Compensation shall be based on:

                  1.       (   )    the Plan Year.
                  2.       (   )    the Fiscal Year  coinciding  with or ending
                                    within the Plan Year.

                  3.       ( X )    the  Calendar  Year  coinciding  with or
                                    ending within the Plan Year.

         NOTE:     The  Limitation  Year  shall be the same as the year on which
                   compensation is based.

         e.  HOWEVER,   for  an   Employee's   first   year  of   Participation,
             Compensation shall be recognized as of:

                  1.       (   )    the first day of the Plan Year.
                  2.       ( X )    the date the Participant entered the Plan.

         f.       IN ADDITION, COMPENSATION and "414(s) Compensation"

                  1.       ( X )    shall
                  2.       (   )    shall not

                  include  compensation which is not currently includible in the
                  Participant's  gross  income by reason of the  application  of
                  Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b).



<PAGE>


E2       SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT - ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION
         (Plan Section  11.2) Each  Employee may elect to have his  Compensation
         reduce by:

         a.       (   )                %
                           ------------
         b.       (   )    up to          %
                                 ---------
         c.       ( X )    from      1     % to     15     %
                                -----------     -----------
         d.       (   )    up to the maximum percentage allowable not to exceed
                           the limits of Code Sections 401(k), 401 and 415.

         AND . . .

                           e. ( X ) A Participant  may elect to commence  salary

                           reductions as of the first day of the month (ENTER AT
                                            --------------------------
                           LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD).  A Participant  may modify
                           the amount of salary  reductions  as of the first day
                                                             ------------------
                           of the month. However, an Employee who has terminated
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           his  or  her  election  under  the  Salary  Reduction
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Agreement  other than for  hardship  reasons  may not
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           make  another  Elective  Deferral  for a period  of 3
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           months. (ENTER AT LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD).
                           ------
         AND . . .

                   Shall cash  bonuses paid within 2 1/2 months after the end of
                   the Plan Year be subject to the salary reduction election?

                  f.       (   )    Yes
                  g.       ( X )    No



<PAGE>


E3       FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
         (Plan Section 11.1(b))

         a.       (   )    N/A. There shall be no matching contributions.
         b.       (   )    The  Employer  shall  make  matching  contributions
                           equal to ________% (e.g.  50%) of the  Participant's
                           salary reductions.
         c.       ( X )    The Employer may make  matching  contributions equal
                           to a discretionary  percentage,  to be determined by
                           the Employer, of the Participant's salary reductions.
         d.       (   )    The  Employer  shall  make  matching   contributions
                           equal  to  the  sum  of _________%  of  the  portion
                           of the Participant's  salary reduction which does not
                           exceed __________% of the Participant's  Compensation
                           plus __________% of the portion of the  Participant's
                           salary  reduction  which exceeds  __________%  of the
                           Participant's  Compensation,   but  does  not  exceed
                           __________% of the Participant's Compensation.
         e.       (   )    The Employer shall make matching contributions equal
                           to the  percentage  determined  under  the  following
                           schedule:

                            Participant's Total         Matching Percentage
                             Years of Service

                            ___________________             ___________
                            ___________________             ___________
                            ___________________             ___________






<PAGE>


         FOR PLANS WITH MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

         f.  ( X )    Matching contributions
         g.  (   )    shall
         h.  ( X )    shall not be used in satisfying the deferral  percentage
                      tests.   (If  used,  full  vesting  and   restrictions  on
                      withdrawals  will apply and the match will be deemed to be
                      an Elective Contribution).
         i.  ( X )    Shall a Year of Service be required in order to share in
                      the matching contributions?

             With respect to Plan Years beginning after 1989. . .
             1.   ( X )    Yes  (Could  cause  Plan  to  violate  minimum
                                 participation and coverage  requirements  under
                                 Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410)
             2.   (   )    No

             With respect to Plan Years beginning before 1990. . .
             1.   ( X )    N/A New Plan or same as years beginning after 1989.
             2.   (   )    Yes
             3.   (   )    No

         j.  ( X )    In  determining   matching   contributions,   only  salar
                      reductions up to 4 % of a Participant's  ---  Compensation
                      will  be  matched.   k.(  )  N/A.  l.  (  )  The  matching
                      contribution  made on behalf of a Participant for any Plan
                      Year shall not exceed $ . m.( X ) N/A. ---------------- n.
                      ( X ) Matching contributions shall be made on behalf of 1.
                      ( X ) all Participants. 2. ( ) only Non-Highly Compensated
                      Employees.



<PAGE>


E4       WILL A  DISCRETIONARY  EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTION BE PROVIDED (OTHER THAN A
         DISCRETIONARY  MATCHING OR QUALIFIED  NON-ELECTIVE  CONTRIBUTION) (Plan
         Section 11.1(c))?

          a. (   ) No.

          b. (   ) Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary  contribution  out
                   of its current or accumulated Net Profit.

          c. ( X ) Yes, the  Employer may  make  a  discretionary  contribution
                   which  is not  limited  to its  current  or  accumulated  Net
                   Profit.

         IF YES (b.  or c. is  selected  above),  the  Employer's  discretionary
         contribution shall be allocated as follows:

         d.  (   )  FOR A NON-INTEGRATED PLAN

         The  Employer  discretionary  contribution  for the Plan Year  shall be
         allocated in the same ratio as each Participant's Compensation bears to
         the total of such Compensation of all Participants.

         e.  ( X )  FOR AN INTEGRATED PLAN

         The  Employer  discretionary  contribution  for the Plan Year  shall be
         allocated  in  accordance  with  Plan  Section  4.3(b)(2)  based  on  a
         Participant's Compensation in excess of:

         f.  ( X )  The Taxable Wage Base.
         g.  (   )  The greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base.
         h.  (   )  _______ % of the Taxable Wage Base. (see Note below)
         i.  (   )  $___________ . (see Note below)

         NOTE:    The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be reduced to:

                  1.       4.3% if h. or i. above is more than 20% and less than
                           or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.

                  2.       5.4% if h. or i.  above  is less  than  100% and more
                           than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.



<PAGE>


E5       QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 11.1(d))

         a.       (   )    N/A.  There shall be no  Qualified  Non-Elective
                           Contributions  except as provided in Section  11.5(b)
                           and 11.7(h).

         b.       (   )    The  Employer  shall make a Qualified  Non-Elective
                           Contribution  equal to % of the total Compensation of
                           all   Participants   eligible   to   share   in   the
                           allocations.

         c.       ( X )    The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective
                           Contribution  in an  amount to be  determined  by the
                           Employer.

E6       FORFEITURES (Plan Section 4.3(e))

         a.       Forfeitures of contributions other than matching contributions
                  shall be . . .

                  1. ( X ) added to the Employer's contribution under the Plan.
                  2. (   ) allocated to all  Participants  eligible to share in
                           the  allocations in the same  proportion  that
                           each   Participant's   Compensation   for  the  year
                           bears  to  the  Compensation  of  all
                           Participants for such year.

         b. Forfeitures of matching contributions shall be. . .

                  1.       (   )    N/A. No matching contributions or match is
                                    fully vested.
                  2.       ( X )    used to reduce the Employer's matching
                                    contribution.
                  3.       (   )    allocated to all  Participant's eligible to
                                    share in the  allocations  in  proportion to
                                    each such Participant's Compensation for the
                                    year.
                  4.       (   )    allocated  to  all  Non-Highly  Compensated
                                    Employee's   eligible   to   share   in  the
                                    allocations   in  proportion  to  each  such
                                    Participant's Compensation for the year.



<PAGE>


E7       ALLOCATIONS TO ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 4.3)
         With respect to Plan Years beginning after 1989, a
         Participant. . .

         a.       ( X )    shall (Plan may become discriminatory)
         b.       (   )    shall not

         be  required  to  complete  a Year of  Service in order to share in any
         Non-Elective  Contributions  (other  than  matching  contributions)  or
         Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions.  For Plan Years beginning before
         1990,  the Plan  provides  that a  Participant  must complete a Year of
         Service to share in the allocations.



<PAGE>


E8       ALLOCATIONS TO TERMINATED PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 4.3(k))
         Any  Participant who terminated  employment  during the Plan Year (i.e.
         not  actively  employed  on the last day of the Plan Year) for  reasons
         other than death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement:

         a.       With respect to Employer Non-elective Contributions (other
                  than matching), Qualified Non-Elective Contributions,  and
                  Forfeitures:

                  1.       For Plan Years beginning after 1989,

                           i.       (   )   N/A, Plan does not provide for such
                                            contributions.

                           ii.      (   )   shall   share  in  the   allocations
                                            provided such Participant  completed
                                            more than 500 Hours of Service.

                           iii.     (   )   shall share  in  such   allocations
                                            provided such Participant  completed
                                            a Year of Service.

                           iv.      ( X )   shall not share in such allocations,
                                            regardless of Hours of Service.

                  2.       For Plan Years beginning before 1990,

                           i.       ( X )   N/A, new Plan, or same as for Plan
                                            Years beginning after 1989.
                           ii.      (   )   shall  share  in  such   allocations
                                            provided such Participant  completed
                                            a Year of Service.

                           iii.     (   )   shall not share in such allocations,
                                            regardless of Hours of Service.

         NOTE:             If a.1.iii or iv is selected,  the Plan could violate
                           minimum participation and coverage requirements under
                           Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410.




<PAGE>


         b. With respect to the allocation of Employer Matching contributions, a
Participant:

                  1.       For Plan Years beginning after 1989,

                           i.       (   )   N/A,   Plan  does  not  provide  for
                                            matching contributions.

                           ii.      (   )   shall  share  in  the   allocations,
                                            regardless of Hours of Service.

                           iii.     (   )   shall   share  in  the   allocations
                                            provided such Participant  completed
                                            more than 500 Hours of Service.

                           iv.      (   )   shall  share  in  such   allocations
                                            provided such Participant  completed
                                            a Year of Service.

                           v.       ( X )   shall not share in such allocations,
                                            regardless of Hours of Service.

                  2.       For Plan Years beginning before 1990,

                           i.       ( X )   N/A,  new  Plan,  or same  as  years
                                            beginning after 1989.
                           ii.      (   )   shall  share  in  the   allocations,
                                            regardless of Hours of Service.

                           iii.     (   )   shall  share  in  such   allocations
                                            provided such Participant  completed
                                            a Year of Service.

                           iv.      (   )   shall not share in such allocations,
                                            regardless of Hours of Service.

         NOTE:     If b.1.iv or v is selected,  the Plan could  violate  minimum
                   participation  and coverage  requirements  under Code Section
                   401(a)(26) and 410.

E9       ALLOCATIONS OF EARNINGS (Plan Section 4.3(c))

         Allocations of earning with respect to amounts  contributed to the Plan
         after the previous  Anniversary  Date or other  valuation date shall be
         determined . . .

         a.       (   )    by using a weighted average.
         b.       (   )    by  treating  one-half of all such  contributions  as
                           being  a  part  of  the  Participant's  nonsegregated
                           account balance as of the previous  Anniversary  Date
                           or valuation date.
         c.       (   )    by using the method specified in Section 4.3(c).

         d.       ( X )    Other By using the method specified in Section
                                 -----------------------------------------
                           4.3(c) of the Plan on each day of the Plan Year.
                           -----------------------------------------------



<PAGE>


E10      LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS (Plan Section 4.4)

         a.       If any  Participant is or was covered under another  qualified
                  defined  contribution  plan maintained by the Employer,  or if
                  the Employer  maintains a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in
                  Code Section  419(e),  or an individual  medical  account,  as
                  defined in Code  Section  415(1)(2),  under which  amounts are
                  treated as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in
                  this Plan:

                  1.       ( X )    N/A.
                  2.       (   )    The provisions of Section 4.4(b) of the Plan
                                    will apply.
                  3.       (   )    Provide  the  method  under  which the Plans
                                    will limit  total  Annual  Additions  to the
                                    Maximum   Permissible   Amount,   and   will
                                    properly  reduce  any Excess  Amounts,  in a
                                    manner that precludes Employer discretion.

                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________


<PAGE>


         b. If any  Participant  is or ever has been a Participant  in a defined
benefit plan maintained by the Employer:

                  1.       ( X )    N/A.
                  2.       (   )    In any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions
                                    credited to the Participant  under this Plan
                                    may not cause the sum of the Defined Benefit
                                    Plan  Fraction and the Defined  Contribution
                                    Fraction to exceed  1.0.  If the  Employer's
                                    contribution that would otherwise be made on
                                    the   Participant's    behalf   during   the
                                    limitation   year   would   cause   the  1.0
                                    limitation  to  be  exceeded,  the  rate  of
                                    contribution under this Plan will be reduced
                                    so that the sum of the fractions equals 1.0.
                                    If the 1.0 limitation is exceeded because of
                                    an Excess Amount, such Excess Amount will be
                                    reduced in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4)
                                    of the Plan.
                  3.       (   )    Provide  the  method  under  which the Plans
                                    involved will satisfy the 1.0  limitation in
                                    a manner that precludes Employer discretion.

                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________



<PAGE>


E11      DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH (Plan Section 6.6(h))
         Distributions upon the death of a  Participant prior to receiving any
         benefits shall . . .

         a.       ( X )   be made pursuant to the election of the Participant or
                          beneficiary.
         b.       (   )   begin   within  1  year  of  death  for  a  designated
                          beneficiary  and be  payable  over the life (or over a
                          period  not  exceeding  the life  expectancy)  of such
                          beneficiary,  except  that if the  beneficiary  is the
                          Participant's   spouse,  begin  within  the  time  the
                          Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.
         c.       (   )   be made within 5 years of death for all beneficiaries.
         d.       (   )    Other                                        .
                                ----------------------------------------

E12      LIFE  EXPECTANCIES  (Plan  Section  6.5(f)) for  minimum  distributions
         required pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) shall. . .

         a.       (   )    be recalculated at the Participant's election.
         b.       (   )    be recalculated.
         c.       ( X )    not be recalculated.

E13      CONDITIONS  FOR  DISTRIBUTIONS  UPON  TERMINATION

         Distributions upon termination of employment pursuant to Section 6.4(a)
         of the Plan shall not be made unless the following conditions have been
         satisfied:

         a.       ( X )    N/A.   Immediate   Distributions   may  be   made  at
                           Participant's election.
         b.       (   )    The  Participant  has  incurred ____________
                           1-Year  Break(s)  in  Service.
         c.       (   )    The  Participant  has  reached  his or her  Early  or
                           Normal  Retirement Age.
         d.       (   )    Distributions   may  be  made  at  the  Participant's
                           election on or after the  Anniversary  Date following
                           termination of employment.
         e.       (   )    Other



<PAGE>


E14      FORMS OF DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.5 and 6.6)
         Distributions under the Plan may be made . . .

         a.       1.       ( X )    in lump sums.
                  2.       (   )    in lump sums or installments.

         b.       AND, pursuant to Plan Section 6.13,

                  1.       ( X )    no  annuities are allowed (avoids Joint and
                                    Survivor rules).
                  2.       (   )    annuities  are allowed  (Plan Section  6.13
                                    shall not apply).

         NOTE:    b.1.  above may not be  elected if this is an  amendment  to a
                  plan which permitted annuities as a form of distribution or if
                  this Plan has accepted a plan to plan  transfer of assets from
                  a plan which permitted annuities as a form of distribution.

         c. AND may be made in . . .

                  1.       ( X )    cash only (except for insurance or annuity
                                    contracts).
                  2.       (   )    cash or property.



<PAGE>


TOP HEAVY REQUIREMENTS

F1       TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS  (Plan Section 4.3(i)):  When a Non-Key Employee
         is a Participant in this Plan and a Defined  Benefit Plan maintained by
         the  Employer,  indicate  which  method  shall  be  utilized  to  avoid
         duplication of top heavy minimum benefits.

         a.       ( X )    The Employer does not maintain a Defined Benefit
                           Plan.
         b.       (   )    A minimum,  non-integrated contribution of 5% of each
                           Non-Key   Employee's  total   Compensation  shall  be
                           provided  in  this  Plan,  as  specified  in  Section
                           4.3(i). (The Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution
                           Fractions  will be computed using 100% if this choice
                           is selected.)

         c.       (   )    A minimum,  non-integrated  contribution of 7 1/2% of
                           each Non-Key  Employee's total  Compensation shall be
                           provided in this Plan as specified in Section 4.3(i).
                           (If this choice is selected,  the Defined Benefit and
                           Defined Contribution Fractions will be computed using
                           125%  for all Plan  Years  in  which  the Plan is Top
                           Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.)

         d.       (   )    Specify the method under which the Plans will provide
                           top heavy minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that
                           will   preclude   Employer   discretion   and   avoid
                           inadvertent  omissions,   including  any  adjustments
                           required under Code Section 415(e).

                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________
                                     __________________________________





<PAGE>


F2       PRESENT  VALUE OF  ACCRUED  BENEFIT  (Plan  Section  2.2) for Top Heavy
         purposes  where  the  Employer  maintains  a  Defined  Benefit  Plan in
         addition to this Plan, shall be based on . . .

         a.       ( X )    N/A. The Employer does not maintain a defined benefi
                           plan.
         b.       (   )   Interest Rate: ______________________________

                          Mortality Table:______________________________

F3       TOP HEAVY  DUPLICATIONS:  Employer  maintaining two (2) or more Defined
         Contribution Plans.

         a.       ( X )    N/A.
         b.       (   )    A minimum,  non-integrated contribution of 3% of each
                           Non-Key   Employee's  total   Compensation  shall  be
                           provided  in the Money  Purchase  Plan (or other plan
                           subject  to Code  Section  412),  where the  Employer
                           maintains   two  (2)  or  more   non-paired   Defined
                           Contribution Plans.
         c.       (   )    Specify the method under which the Plans will provide
                           top heavy minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that
                           will   preclude   Employer   Discretion   and   avoid
                           inadvertent  omissions,   including  any  adjustments
                           required under Code Section 415(e).


                            ___________________________
                            ___________________________
                            ___________________________




<PAGE>


MISCELLANEOUS

G1       LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.4)

         a.       ( X )    Yes, loans may be made up to $50,000 or 1/2 Vested
                           interest.
         b.       (   )    No, loans may not be made.

         If YES, (check all that apply). . .

         c.       ( X )    loans shall be treated as a Directed Investment.
         d.       (   )    loans shall only be made for hardship or financial
                           necessity.
         e.       ( X )    the minimum loan shall be $1,000.
         f.       (   )    $10,000 de minimis  loans may be made  regardless  of
                           Vested interest. (If selected, plan may need security
                           in addition to Vested interest.)

         NOTE:    Department  of Labor  Regulations  require  the  adoption of a
                  SEPARATE  written loan program setting forth the  requirements
                  outlined in Plan Section 7.4.

G2  DIRECTED  INVESTMENT  ACCOUNTS  (Plan  Section  4,8) are  permitted  for the
interest in any one or more accounts.

         a.       ( X )    Yes, regardless of the Participant's Vested interest
                           in the Plan.
         b.       (   )    Yes, but only with respect to the Participant's
                           Vested interest in the Plan.
         c.       (   )    Yes, but only with respect to those accounts which
                           are 100% Vested.
         d.       (   )    No directed investments are permitted.

G3       TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS (Plan Section 4.6)

         a.       ( X )    Yes, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers)
                           will be allowed.
         b.       (   )    No, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers
                           will not be allowed.

         AND, transfers shall be permitted. . .

         c.       ( X )    from any Employee, even if not a Participant.
         d.       (   )    from Participants only.



<PAGE>


G4       EMPLOYEES' VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.7)

         a.       (   )    Yes, Voluntary Contributions are allowed subject to
                           the limits of Section 4.10.
         b.       ( X )    No, Voluntary Contributions will not be allowed.

         NOTE:    TRA   '86   subjects   voluntary   contributions   to   strict
                  discrimination rules.

G5       HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.11 and 11.8)

         a.       ( X )    Yes, from any accounts which are 100% Vested.
         b.       (   )    Yes, from Participant's Elective Account only.
         c.       (   )    Yes, but limited to the Participant's Account only.
         d.       (   )    No.

         NOTE:    Distributions  from  a  Participant's   Elective  Account  are
                  limited to the portion of such  account  attributable  to such
                  Participant's  Deferred Compensation and earnings attributable
                  thereto up to December 31, 1988.  Also hardship  distributions
                  are not permitted from a Participant's  Qualified Non-Elective
                  Account.

G6       PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION (Plan Section 6.10)

         a.       ( X     If a  Participant  has  reached  the  age  of 59  1/2,
                          distributions   may  be  made,  at  the  Participant's
                          election,  from any  accounts  which  are 100%  Vested
                          without   requiring  the   Participant   to  terminate
                          employment.

        b.       (   )    No pre-retirement distribution may be made.

         NOTE:    Distributions  from  a  Participant's   Elective  Account  and
                  Qualified  Non-Elective Account are not permitted prior to age
                  59 1/2.

G7  LIFE   INSURANCE   (Plan  Section   7.2(e))  may  be  purchased   with  Plan
contributions.

         a.       ( X )    No life insurance may be purchased.
         b.       (   )    Yes, at the option of the Administrator.
         c.       (   )    Yes, at the option of the Participant.




<PAGE>


         AND,  the purchase of initial or  additional  life  insurance  shall be
         subject to the following limitations: (select all that apply)

         d.       (   )    N/A, no limitations.
         e.       (   )    each  initial  Contract  shall  have a  minimum  face
                           amount of $____________.
         f.       (   )    each  additional  Contract  shall have a minimum face
                           amount of $___________.
         g.       (   )    the Participant has completed _____ Years of Service.
         h.       (   )    the  Participant has completed _____ Years of Service
                           while a Participant in the Plan.
         i.       (   )    the  Participant  is under age _____ on the  Contract
                           issue date.
         j.       (   )    the maximum  amount of all  Contracts  on behalf of a
                           Participant  shall not exceed $________ .
         k.       (   )    the maximum  face amount of life  insurance  shall be
                           $__________.


<PAGE>


The adopting  Employer may not rely on an opinion  letter issued by the National
Office of the Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence  that the plan is qualified
under  Code  Section  401.  In order to obtain  reliance  with  respect  to plan
qualification,  the Employer must apply to the  appropriate  Key District Office
for a determination letter.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with basic Plan document
#01. This Adoption Agreement and the basic Plan document shall together be known
as W.E.  Stanley & Company,  Inc.  Non-Standardized  401(k) Profit  Sharing Plan
#01-005.

The  adoption of this Plan,  its  qualification  by the IRS, and the related tax
consequences are the  responsibility of the Employer and its independent tax and
legal advisors.

W.E. Stanley & Company,  Inc. will notify the Employer of any amendments made to
the Plan or of the  discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan provided this Plan
has  been  acknowledged  by W.E.  Stanley  &  Company,  Inc.  or its  authorized
representative.   Furthermore,   in  order  to  be  eligible  to  receive   such
notification,  we agree to notify W.E. Stanley & Company,  Inc. of any change in
address.


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Employer  and  Trustee  hereby  cause this Plan to be
executed on this _____ day of __________ , 19__. --  Furthermore,  this Plan may
not be  used  unless  acknowledged  by  W.E.  Stanley  &  Company,  Inc.  or its
authorized representative.

EMPLOYER:


VISTA Eyecare, Inc.
- --------------------------------
      (enter name)                                        Trustee


By:____________________________
                                                          Trustee


PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS:
                                                          Trustee

  Midwest Vision, Inc.
- --------------------------------
         (enter name)

By: ____________________________



  New West Eyeworks, Inc.
- ---------------------------------
         (enter name)

By:______________________________



  Frame-N-Lens Optical, Inc.
- ---------------------------------
         (enter name)

By:______________________________

This Plan may not be used,  and shall not be deemed to be a  Regional  Prototype
Plan,  unless an authorized  representative  of W.E. Stanley & Company,Inc.  has
acknowledged  the use of the Plan.  Such  acknowledgement  is for  administerial
purposes only. It acknowledges  that the Employer is using the Plan but does not
represent  that this  Plan,  including  the  choices  selected  on the  Adoption
Agreement, has been reviewed by a representative of the sponsor or constitutes a
qualified retirement plan.

         W.E. Stanley & Company, Inc.

         By:__________________________




<PAGE>


                             AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
                 W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                        DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST

W.E. Stanley & Company,  Inc.  Regional  Prototype  Defined  Contribution Plan &
Trust is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 1.9 is amended by replacing  the first  paragraph  with the following
paragraphs:

         "Compensation"  with  respect  to  any  Participant  means  one  of the
following as elected in the Adoption  Agreement.  However,  compensation for any
Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

         i.       Information required to be reported under sections 6041, 6051,
                  and 6052 (Wages, Tips and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2).
                  Compensation is defined as wages as defined in section 3401(a)
                  and all other payments of  compensation  to an employee by the
                  employer (in the course of the  employer's  trade or business)
                  for which the  employer is required to furnish the  employee a
                  written statement under sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the
                  Code.  Compensation  must be determined  without regard to any
                  rules  under  section  3401(a)  that  limit  the  remuneration
                  included  in wages  based on the  nature  or  location  of the
                  employment  or the services  performed  (such as the exception
                  for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

         ii.      Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within
                  the meaning of section  3401(a) for the purposes of income tax
                  withholding at the source but determined without regard to any
                  rules that limit the  remuneration  included in wages based on
                  the  nature or  location  of the  employment  or the  services
                  performed  (such as the  exception for  agricultural  labor in
                  section 3401(a)(2)).

         iii.     415  safe-harbor  compensation.  Compensation  is  defined  as
                  wages,  salaries, and fees for professional services and other
                  amounts  received  (without regard to whether or not an amount
                  is paid in cash) for personal  services  actually  rendered in
                  the course of  employment  with the employer  maintaining  the
                  plan to the extent that the amounts  are  includible  in gross
                  income  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  commissions  paid
                  salesmen,   compensation  for  services  on  the  basis  of  a
                  percentage  of profits,  commissions  on  insurance  premiums,
                  tips,  bonuses,  fringe benefits and  reimbursements  or other
                  expense  allowances under a nonaccountable  plan (as described
                  in 1.62(c)), and excluding the following:

<PAGE>


                  a.       Employer   contributions   to  a  plan  of   deferred
                           compensation   which  are  not   includible   in  the
                           employee's gross income for the taxable year in which
                           contributed,   or  employer   contributions  under  a
                           simplified  employee  pension plan to the extent such
                           contributions are deductible by the employee,  or any
                           distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

                  b.       Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified
                           stock option,  or when restricted stock (or property)
                           held   by  the   employee   either   becomes   freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture;

                  c.       Amounts  realized  from the sale,  exchange  or other
                           disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                           option; and

                  d.       Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
                           contributions  made by the  employer  (whether or not
                           under  a  salary  reduction  agreement)  towards  the
                           purchase of an annuity contract  described in section
                           403(b) of the Code (whether or not the  contributions
                           are actually  excludable from the gross income of the
                           employee).

         If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
         definition of  Compensation  has been  modified,  then,  for Plan Years
         prior  to the  Plan  Year  which  includes  the  adoption  date of such
         amendment,  Compensation means compensation  determined pursuant to the
         Plan then in effect.

2. Section 1.14 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's  contributions to the Plan
that are made  pursuant  to the  Participant's  deferral  election  pursuant  to
Section  11.2,   excluding  any  such  amounts  distributed  as  "excess  annual
additions"  pursuant  to Section  4.4.  In  addition,  if  selected in E3 of the
Adoption Agreement,  the Employer's matching  contribution shall or shall not be
considered  an Elective  Contribution  for purposes of the Plan,  as provided in
Section 11.1(b).  Elective Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of
Sections  11.2(b)  and  11.2(c)  and shall  further be  required  to satisfy the
discrimination  requirements of Regulation  1.401(k)-1(b)(3),  the provisions of
which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

3. Section 1.20 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Excess Deferred  Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable year
of a  Participant,  the  excess of the  aggregate  amount of such  Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  and the elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually made on behalf of


<PAGE>


 such Participant for such taxable year, over the dollar limitation provided for
in Code  Section  402(g),  which is  incorporated  herein by  reference.  Excess
Deferred  Compensation  shall be  treated as an "annual  addition"  pursuant  to
Section 4.4 when  contributed  to the Plan unless  distributed  to the  affected
Participant  not later  than the first  April  15th  following  the close of the
Participant's taxable year.

4. Section 1.26 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "414(s)   Compensation"   with  respect  to  any  Employee   means  his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9.  However,  for purposes of this Section,
Compensation  shall be  Compensation  paid  and,  if  selected  in the  Adoption
Agreement,  shall  only be  recognized  as of an  Employee's  effective  date of
participation.  If,  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of this  or any  other
amendment,  the definition of "414(s) Compensation" has been modified, then, for
Plan  Years  prior to the Plan Year which  includes  the  adoption  date of such
amendment,  "414(s) Compensation" means compensation  determined pursuant to the
Plan then in effect.

5. Section 1.27 ("415 Compensation") is amended by the addition of the following
paragraph:

         If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
definition of "415  Compensation" has been modified,  then, for Plan Years prior
the  Plan  Year  which  includes  the  adoption  date  of such  amendment,  "415
Compensation" means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

6.       Section 4.4(a)(4) and 4.4(a)(4)(i) are amended to read as follows:

         (4)      If there is an excess amount pursuant to Section  4.4(a)(2) or
                  Section  4.5,  the excess  will be  disposed  of in one of the
                  following  manners,  as  uniformly   determined  by  the  Plan
                  Administrator for all Participants similarly situated:

                  (i)      Any Deferred Compensation or nondeductible  Voluntary
                           Employee  Contributions,  to the  extent  they  would
                           reduce the Excess Amount will be  distributed  to the
                           Participant;

7. Section 4.4(f)(2) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         Compensation  means a  Participant's  Compensation  as  elected  in the
Adoption  Agreement.  However,  regardless of any selection made in the Adoption
Agreement,  "415 Compensation" shall exclude compensation which is not currently
includible in the  Participant's  gross income by reason of the  application  of
Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b).


<PAGE>


         For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of
applying the limitations of this article,  compensation for a limitation year is
the compensation actually paid or made available during such limitation year.

         Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  compensation for a participant
in a defined  contribution  plan who is  permanently  and totally  disabled  (as
defined in section  22(e)(3) of the Internal  Revenue Code) is the  compensation
such participant  would have received for the limitation year if the participant
had been  paid at the rate of  compensation  paid  immediately  before  becoming
permanently and totally  disabled;  such imputed  compensation  for the disabled
participant  may be taken into account only if the  participant  is not a Highly
Compensated  Employee and  contributions  made on behalf of such participant are
nonforfeitable when made.

8. Section 4.5(a) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (a) If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error
in  estimating  a  Participant's  annual  Compensation,  a  reasonable  error in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant  under the limits of
Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation  1.415-6(b)(6)
shall be  applicable,  the  "annual  additions"  under this Plan would cause the
maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded,  the  Administrator  shall treat
the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

9.  Sections  6.11(a)(1)  and (a)(4) are  amended in their  entirety  to read as
follows:

         (1) Medical  expenses  described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
Participant,  his spouse,  or any of his  dependents (as defined in Code Section
152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

         (4)  Payment of tuition and  related  educational  fees for the next 12
months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
dependents;

10. Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following paragraphs:

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any provision of the plan to the  contrary,  with
respect to  distributions  made after December 31, 1992, a Participant  shall be
permitted  to elect to have any  "eligible  rollover  distribution"  transferred
directly to an "eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan
provisions otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct
transfer option. The Participant shall, in the time and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, specify the


<PAGE>


amount to be directly  transferred and the "eligible retirement plan" to receive
the transfer.  Any portion of a distribution  which is not transferred  shall be
distributed to the Participant.

         (b)  For  purposes  of  this  Section,   the  term  "eligible  rollover
distribution"  means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially
equal periodic  payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or
joint life or joint life  expectancies  of the  Participant  and the  designated
beneficiary)  or a  distribution  over a period  certain  of ten  years or more.
Amounts required to be distributed under Code Section 401(a)(9) are not eligible
rollover  distributions.  The direct transfer option described in subsection (a)
applies  only to  eligible  rollover  distributions  which  would  otherwise  be
includible in gross income if not transferred.

         (c) For purposes of this Section,  the term "eligible  retirement plan"
means an individual  retirement  account as described in Code Section 408(a), an
individual  retirement  annuity as described in Code Section 408(b),  an annuity
plan as described  in Code Section  403(a),  or a defined  contribution  plan as
described  in Code  Section  401(a)  which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

         (d) The  election  described  in  subsection  (a) also  applies  to the
surviving spouse after the Participant's  death;  however,  distributions to the
surviving spouse may only be transferred to an individual  retirement account or
individual  retirement  annuity.  for  purposes of  subsection  (a), a spouse or
former spouse who is the alternate  payee under a qualified  domestic  relations
order as defined in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.

11. Section 11.2(d) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (d) In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986, a Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  made under this Plan and all other  plans,  contracts or
arrangements  of the  employer  maintaining  this  Plan  shall  not  exceed  the
limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect for the calendar year in
which such Plan Year began.  If such dollar  limitation is exceeded  solely from
elective  deferrals  made under this Plan or any other  Plan  maintained  by the
Employer,  a Participant  will be deemed to have notified the  Administrator  of
such  excess  amount  which shall be  distributed  in a manner  consistent  with
Section 11.2(f).  This dollar  limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to
the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

12.      Section 11.2(f) is  amended by the addition  of the following paragraph
after paragraph (f)(3) to read as follows:


<PAGE>


         Any distribution  under this Section shall be made first from unmatched
Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation
which is  matched  and  matching  contributions  which  relate to such  Deferred
Compensation.  However,  any such  matching  contributions  which are not Vested
shall be forfeited in lieu of being distributed.

13.      Section 11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following  paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding  the above,  for any  distribution  under this  Section
which is made after August 15,  1991,  such  distribution  shall not include any
income for the "gap period".  Further provided,  for any distribution under this
Section  which is made  after  August  15,  1991,  the  amount if Income  may be
computed  using a reasonable  method that is  consistent  with  Section  4.3(c),
provided such method is used  consistently for all Participants and for all such
distributions for the Plan Year.

14.      Section 11.5(c) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding  the above,  for any  distribution  under this  Section
which is made after August 15,  1994,  such  distribution  shall not include any
income for the "gap period".  Further provided,  for any distribution under this
Section  which is made  after  August  15,  1991,  the  amount of Income  may be
computed  using a reasonable  method that is  consistent  with  Section  4.3(c),
provided such method is used  consistently for all Participants and for all such
distributions for the Plan Year.

15.      Section 11.6(c) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (c) For purposes of determining  the "Actual  Contribution  Percentage"
and the amount of Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  pursuant to Section 11.7(d),
only Employer matching contributions (excluding matching contributions forfeited
or distributed  pursuant to Section 11.2(f),  11.5(a) or 11.7(a)) contributed to
the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding  Plan Year shall be  considered.  In
addition,  the  Administrator  may elect to take into  account,  with respect to
Employees  eligible to have  Employer  matching  contributions  made pursuant to
Section 11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
allocated to their accounts,  elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402
(g)-1(b)) and qualified  non-elective  contributions (as defined in Code Section
401(m)(4)(C))  contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such elective
deferrals and qualified non-elective  contributions shall be treated as Employer
matching   contributions  subject  to  Regulation   1.401(m)-1(b)(2)   which  is
incorporated  herein by  reference.  However,  for Plan  Years  beginning  after
December 31,  1988,  the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan
to which the elective deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are
made.



<PAGE>


16.      Section 11.7(i) is amended  by the addition of the  following paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding  the above,  for any  distribution  under this  Section
which is made after August 15,  1991,  such  distribution  shall not include any
Income for the "gap period".  Further provided,  for any distribution under this
Section  which is made  after  August  15,  1991,  the  amount of Income  may be
computed using a reasonable  method is consistent with Section 4.3(c),  provided
such  method  is used  consistently  for  all  Participants  and  for  all  such
distributions for the Plan Year.

17.     Sections  11.8(a)(1)  and (a)(3) are  amended in their  entirety to read
as follows:

        (1)  Medical  expenses  described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
Participant,  his spouse,  or any of his  dependents (as defined in Code Section
152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

        (3)  Payment of tuition  and  related  educational  fees for the next 12
months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
dependents; or

18.     Section 11.8(c)(1) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

        (1)  The  distribution  is not in excess of the amount of the  immediate
and heavy  financial  need of the  Participant.  The amount of the immediate and
heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state
or local  income taxes or penalties  reasonable  anticipated  to result from the
distribution.

19.      Article XI is amended by the addition of the following:

         Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary,  effective as
of the Plan Year in which this amendment becomes effective,  the Actual Deferral
Percentage  Test and the Actual  Contribution  Percentage  Test shall be applied
(and adjusted) by applying the Family Member  aggregation  rules of Code Section
414(q)(6).

20.      Section E1a. of the  Adoption Agreement is  amended in  its entirety to
 read as follows:

         Compensation with respect to any Participant means:

         1.       (   )    Wages, Tips and other Compensation
                          (Box 1 on Form W-2).



<PAGE>


         2.       (   )    Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding
                           purposes.

         3.       (   )    415 Safe-harbor compensation.

         AND Compensation

         (   )    shall

         (   )    shall not

         exclude (even if includible  in gross income)  reimbursements  or other
         expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses,
         deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

21. Section E3 of the 401(k) Adoption Agreement(s) is amended by the addition of
the following:

         (         Notwithstanding  anything  in the Plan to the  contrary,  all
                   matching  contributions  which  relate  to  distributions  of
                   Excess Deferred Compensation, Excess Contributions and Excess
                   Aggregate  Contributions  shall be  Forfeited.  (Select  this
                   option only if it is applicable.)

NOTE: THIS AMENDMENT ONLY NEEDS TO BE EXECUTED BELOW BY THE EMPLOYER IF THE PLAN
IS BEING  AMENDED TO UTILIZE THE  MODIFICATIONS  MADE TO SECTION E1 OR E3 OF THE
ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Employer  hereby causes this amendment to be
executed on this _____ day of _________, 19__ .


EMPLOYER:                                  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER:


_________________________________           _________________________
         (enter name)                             (enter name)



By:______________________________           By:____________________________








<PAGE>


                                    AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                 W.E. STANLEY & COMPANY, INC. REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                        DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN & TRUST


1.       Section 1.9 is amended by the addition of the following:

                  In addition to other  applicable  limitations set forth in the
         plan,  and  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  plan to the
         contrary,  for plan years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1994,  the
         annual  compensation of each employee taken into account under the plan
         shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit. The OBRA '93
         annual compensation limit is $150,000,  as adjusted by the Commissioner
         for  increases  in the  cost  of  living  in  accordance  with  Section
         401(a)(17)(B)  of  the  Internal   Revenue  Code.  The   cost-of-living
         adjustment  in effect for a calendar  year  applies to any period,  not
         exceeding   12  months,   over   which   compensation   is   determined
         (determination   period)   beginning  in  such  calendar   year.  If  a
         determination  period  consists  of fewer than 12 months,  the OBRA '93
         annual  compensation  limit  will  be  multiplied  by a  fraction,  the
         numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period,
         and the denominator of which is 12.

                  For plan years  beginning  on or after  January  1, 1994,  any
         reference in this plan to the  limitation  under Section  401(a)(17) of
         the Code shall mean the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in
         this provision.

                  If compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken
         into account in  determining  an  employee's  benefits  accruing in the
         current plan year, the compensation for that prior determination period
         is subject to the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit in effect for that
         prior determination period. For this purpose, for determination periods
         beginning  before the first day of the plan year  beginning on or after
         January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000.

2. Section 6.13 is amended by the addition of the following:

                  If a distribution  is one to which Section  401(a)(11) and 417
         of the  Internal  Revenue  Code do not  apply,  such  distribution  may
         commence  less than 30 days after the  notice  required  under  Section
         1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                  (1) the plan  administrator  clearly  informs the  participant
         that the  participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
         receiving  the notice to  consider  the  decision  of whether or not to
         elect a  distribution  (and, if applicable,  a particular  distribution
         option), and



<PAGE>


                  (2) the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
elects a distribution.

3. Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following:

                  (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary,
         with  respect  to  distributions   made  after  December  31,  1992,  a
         Participant shall be permitted to elect to have any "eligible  rollover
         distribution"  transferred  directly to an "eligible  retirement  plan"
         specified by the Participant.  The Plan provisions otherwise applicable
         to distributions  continue to apply to the direct transfer option.  The
         Participant   shall,   in  the  time  and  manner   prescribed  by  the
         Administrator,  specify the amount to be directly  transferred  and the
         "eligible  retirement  plan" to receive the transfer.  Any portion of a
         distribution  which  is not  transferred  shall be  distributed  to the
         Participant.

                  (b) For purposes of this Section,  the term "eligible rollover
         distribution"  means any  distribution  other  than a  distribution  of
         substantially  equal periodic payments over the life or life expectancy
         of the  Participant  (or joint life or joint life  expectancies  of the
         Participant and the designated  beneficiary)  or a distribution  over a
         period certain of ten years or more. Amounts required to be distributed
         under Code Section 401(a)(9) are not eligible  rollover  distributions.
         The direct transfer option  described in subsection (a) applies only to
         eligible rollover  distributions which would otherwise be includible in
         gross income if not transferred.

                  (c)  For  purposes  of  this  Section,   the  term   "eligible
         retirement plan" means an individual retirement account as described in
         Code Section 408(a), an individual  retirement  annuity as described in
         Code  Section  408(b),  an annuity  plan as  described  in Code Section
         403(a),  or a defined  contribution  plan as  described in Code Section
         401(a)  which is exempt  from tax under Code  Section  501(a) and which
         accepts rollover distributions.

                  (d) The election  described in subsection  (a) also applies to
         the  surviving   spouse  after  the   Participant's   death;   however,
         distributions  to the surviving  spouse may only be  transferred  to an
         individual  retirement account or individual  retirement  annuity.  For
         purposes  of  subsection  (a),  a spouse  of former  spouse  who is the
         alternate payee under a qualified  domestic  relations order as defined
         in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.











                              ACCOUNTANT'S CONSENT

                                                                     EXHIBIT 23

                         CONSENT OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

          As  independent   public   accountants,   we  hereby  consent  to  the
incorporation  by reference in this  Registration  Statement of our report dated
February 28, 1999 included in Vista Eyecare, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended
January 2, 1999 and to all  references to our firm included in or made a part of
this Registration Statement.



                                                     /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
                                                      Arthur Andersen LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
July 29, 1999




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission